forked from qt-creator/qt-creator
Merge "Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/qds/dev'"
This commit is contained in:
1
.gitignore
vendored
1
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ tmp/
|
|||||||
/bin/cplusplus-mkvisitor
|
/bin/cplusplus-mkvisitor
|
||||||
/bin/cplusplus-update-frontend
|
/bin/cplusplus-update-frontend
|
||||||
/bin/qbs*
|
/bin/qbs*
|
||||||
/bin/qml2puppet
|
|
||||||
/bin/qmlpuppet
|
/bin/qmlpuppet
|
||||||
/bin/qtcreator
|
/bin/qtcreator
|
||||||
/bin/qtcreator_crash_handler
|
/bin/qtcreator_crash_handler
|
||||||
|
@@ -325,7 +325,6 @@ function(add_qtc_library name)
|
|||||||
endif()
|
endif()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
get_target_property(have_automoc_prop ${name} AUTOMOC)
|
get_target_property(have_automoc_prop ${name} AUTOMOC)
|
||||||
# check for Qt 6 is needed because sdktool & qml2puppet still build with Qt 5
|
|
||||||
if(Qt6_VERSION AND "${have_automoc_prop}")
|
if(Qt6_VERSION AND "${have_automoc_prop}")
|
||||||
qt_extract_metatypes(${name})
|
qt_extract_metatypes(${name})
|
||||||
endif()
|
endif()
|
||||||
|
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ set(IDE_ID "qtcreator") # The IDE id (no spaces, l
|
|||||||
set(IDE_CASED_ID "QtCreator") # The cased IDE id (no spaces!)
|
set(IDE_CASED_ID "QtCreator") # The cased IDE id (no spaces!)
|
||||||
set(IDE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The macOS application bundle identifier.
|
set(IDE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The macOS application bundle identifier.
|
||||||
set(IDE_APP_ID "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The free desktop application identifier.
|
set(IDE_APP_ID "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The free desktop application identifier.
|
||||||
set(IDE_AUTHOR "The Qt Company Ltd. and other contributors.")
|
set(IDE_PUBLISHER "The Qt Company Ltd.")
|
||||||
|
set(IDE_AUTHOR "${IDE_PUBLISHER} and other contributors.")
|
||||||
set(IDE_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) ${IDE_AUTHOR}")
|
set(IDE_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) ${IDE_AUTHOR}")
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
set(PROJECT_USER_FILE_EXTENSION .user)
|
set(PROJECT_USER_FILE_EXTENSION .user)
|
||||||
|
@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ set(IDE_ID "qtdesignstudio") # The IDE id (no spaces, l
|
|||||||
set(IDE_CASED_ID "QtDesignStudio") # The cased IDE id (no spaces!)
|
set(IDE_CASED_ID "QtDesignStudio") # The cased IDE id (no spaces!)
|
||||||
set(IDE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The macOS application bundle identifier.
|
set(IDE_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER "org.qt-project.${IDE_ID}") # The macOS application bundle identifier.
|
||||||
set(IDE_APP_ID "io.qt.${IDE_ID}") # The free desktop application identifier.
|
set(IDE_APP_ID "io.qt.${IDE_ID}") # The free desktop application identifier.
|
||||||
set(IDE_AUTHOR "The Qt Company Ltd. and other contributors.")
|
set(IDE_PUBLISHER "The Qt Company Ltd.")
|
||||||
|
set(IDE_AUTHOR "${IDE_PUBLISHER} and other contributors.")
|
||||||
set(IDE_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) ${IDE_AUTHOR}")
|
set(IDE_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) ${IDE_AUTHOR}")
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
set(PROJECT_USER_FILE_EXTENSION .qtds)
|
set(PROJECT_USER_FILE_EXTENSION .qtds)
|
||||||
@@ -34,6 +35,7 @@ set(DESIGNSTUDIO_PLUGINS
|
|||||||
FakeVim
|
FakeVim
|
||||||
Git
|
Git
|
||||||
Help
|
Help
|
||||||
|
ImageViewer
|
||||||
Insight
|
Insight
|
||||||
LanguageClient
|
LanguageClient
|
||||||
McuSupport
|
McuSupport
|
||||||
|
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ NewDialog\AllowAllTemplates=false
|
|||||||
NewDialog\BlacklistedCategories=U.Java, R.Qt, T.Import, H.Project, U.General
|
NewDialog\BlacklistedCategories=U.Java, R.Qt, T.Import, H.Project, U.General
|
||||||
NewDialog\AlternativeWizardStyle=true
|
NewDialog\AlternativeWizardStyle=true
|
||||||
CreatorTheme=design
|
CreatorTheme=design
|
||||||
|
RhiBackend=opengl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Menu]
|
[Menu]
|
||||||
HideBuild=true
|
HideBuild=true
|
||||||
|
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
|
|||||||
<div class="indexboxcont indexboxbar">
|
<div class="indexboxcont indexboxbar">
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-overview.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-overview.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-quick-tour.html">User Interface</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-quick-tour.html">User interface</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-configuring.html">Configuring Qt Creator</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-configuring.html">Configuring Qt Creator</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-project-creating.html">Creating Projects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-project-creating.html">Creating Projects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-configuring-projects.html">Configuring Projects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-configuring-projects.html">Configuring Projects</a></li>
|
||||||
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
|
|||||||
<h2>Reference</h2>
|
<h2>Reference</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-acknowledgements.html">Licenses and Acknowledgments</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-acknowledgements.html">Licenses and acknowledgments</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-cli.html">Command-Line Options</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-cli.html">Command-Line Options</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-project-wizards.html">Custom Wizards</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-project-wizards.html">Custom Wizards</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-faq.html">FAQ</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-faq.html">FAQ</a></li>
|
||||||
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a href="creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-known-issues.html">Known Issues</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-known-issues.html">Known Issues</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-sdk-tool.html">SDK Tool</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-sdk-tool.html">SDK Tool</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="technical-support.html">Technical Support</a></li>
|
<li><a href="technical-support.html">Technical support</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-version-control.html">Version Control Systems</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-version-control.html">Version Control Systems</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-reference.html#analyzers">Analyzers</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-reference.html#analyzers">Analyzers</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-reference.html#build-systems">Build Systems</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-reference.html#build-systems">Build Systems</a></li>
|
||||||
|
BIN
doc/qtcreator/images/icons/examples-32x32.png
Normal file
BIN
doc/qtcreator/images/icons/examples-32x32.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.7 KiB |
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Improving QML Performance
|
\section1 Improving QML Performance
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\QC comes with the \l{Profiling QML Applications}{QML Profiler} for
|
\QC comes with the \l{Profiling QML applications}{QML Profiler} for
|
||||||
inspecting binding evaluations and signal handling when running QML code.
|
inspecting binding evaluations and signal handling when running QML code.
|
||||||
This is useful for identifying potential bottlenecks, especially in the
|
This is useful for identifying potential bottlenecks, especially in the
|
||||||
evaluation of bindings.
|
evaluation of bindings.
|
||||||
|
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
|
|||||||
how the hardware is utilized and what the kernel and application are doing.
|
how the hardware is utilized and what the kernel and application are doing.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Tracing information can tell you more about the data that
|
Tracing information can tell you more about the data that
|
||||||
\l{Profiling QML Applications}{QML Profiler} collects. For example, you
|
\l{Profiling QML applications}{QML Profiler} collects. For example, you
|
||||||
can check why a trivial binding evaluation is taking so long. This might
|
can check why a trivial binding evaluation is taking so long. This might
|
||||||
be caused by C++ being executed or the disk I/O being slow.
|
be caused by C++ being executed or the disk I/O being slow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
In \uicontrol {Extra arguments}, enter additional arguments for
|
In \uicontrol {Extra arguments}, enter additional arguments for
|
||||||
running Heob. To list the available arguments in the Heob console, enter
|
running Heob. To list the available arguments in the Heob console, enter
|
||||||
\c -H in this field and press \key Enter.
|
\c -H in this field and select \key Enter.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, use the \c -oleaks.html option to record leak data in an HTML
|
For example, use the \c -oleaks.html option to record leak data in an HTML
|
||||||
file. Together with this option, you can use the \c -g2 option to group the
|
file. Together with this option, you can use the \c -g2 option to group the
|
||||||
|
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Analyze the applications
|
\section1 Analyze the applications
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the \l{Profiling QML Applications}{QML Profiler} to find causes
|
Use the \l{Profiling QML applications}{QML Profiler} to find causes
|
||||||
for typical performance problems in Qt Quick applications, such as
|
for typical performance problems in Qt Quick applications, such as
|
||||||
slowness and unresponsive, stuttering user interfaces. You cannot profile an
|
slowness and unresponsive, stuttering user interfaces. You cannot profile an
|
||||||
in-process runtime as an individual process.
|
in-process runtime as an individual process.
|
||||||
@@ -156,5 +156,5 @@
|
|||||||
{Remote Linux}{How To: Develop for remote Linux},
|
{Remote Linux}{How To: Develop for remote Linux},
|
||||||
{Run on many platforms}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger},
|
{Run on many platforms}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger},
|
||||||
{Developing for \B2Q Devices}, {Developing for Remote Linux Devices},
|
{Developing for \B2Q Devices}, {Developing for Remote Linux Devices},
|
||||||
{Profiling QML Applications}, {Kits}
|
{Profiling QML applications}, {Kits}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -180,15 +180,15 @@
|
|||||||
case-sensitivity. Select \uicontrol {Show Non-matching Lines} to
|
case-sensitivity. Select \uicontrol {Show Non-matching Lines} to
|
||||||
hide the lines that match the filter.
|
hide the lines that match the filter.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key {Ctrl+F} to \l{Search in current file}{search} for a string in
|
Select \key {Ctrl+F} to \l{Search in current file}{search} for a string in
|
||||||
the output.
|
the output.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To increase or decrease the output text size, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
To increase or decrease the output text size, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Zoom In}) or \inlineimage icons/minus.png
|
(\uicontrol {Zoom In}) or \inlineimage icons/minus.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Zoom Out}), or press \key Ctrl++ or \key Ctrl+-.
|
(\uicontrol {Zoom Out}), or select \key Ctrl++ or \key Ctrl+-.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To hide the output, select the \inlineimage icons/rightsidebaricon.png
|
To hide the output, select the \inlineimage icons/rightsidebaricon.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Hide Right Sidebar}) button or press \key {Alt+Shift+0}.
|
(\uicontrol {Hide Right Sidebar}) button or select \key {Alt+Shift+0}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 CLICOLOR_FORCE Environment Variable
|
\section1 CLICOLOR_FORCE Environment Variable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li \c{$ENV} for environment variables
|
\li \c{$ENV} for environment variables
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key Tab or \key Enter to accept the selected suggestion and complete
|
Select \key Tab or \key Enter to accept the selected suggestion and complete
|
||||||
the code.
|
the code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Build with CMake}{How To: Build with CMake}, {CMake}, {Completion},
|
\sa {Build with CMake}{How To: Build with CMake}, {CMake}, {Completion},
|
||||||
|
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
||||||
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Viewing Call Stack Trace
|
\title Viewing call stack trace
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief View the nested function calls leading to the current position as a
|
\brief View the nested function calls leading to the current position as a
|
||||||
call stack trace.
|
call stack trace.
|
||||||
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If you click a frame with a known source location, the text editor jumps to
|
If you click a frame with a known source location, the text editor jumps to
|
||||||
the corresponding location and updates the
|
the corresponding location and updates the
|
||||||
\l {Local Variables and Function Parameters}{Locals} and
|
\l {Local variables and function parameters}{Locals} and
|
||||||
\l {Evaluating Expressions}{Expressions} views, making it seem like the
|
\l {Evaluating expressions}{Expressions} views, making it seem like the
|
||||||
application was interrupted before entering the function.
|
application was interrupted before entering the function.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Loading QML Stack
|
\section1 Loading QML stack
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To find out which QML file is causing a Qt Quick application to crash,
|
To find out which QML file is causing a Qt Quick application to crash,
|
||||||
select \uicontrol {Load QML Stack} in the context menu in the
|
select \uicontrol {Load QML Stack} in the context menu in the
|
||||||
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
||||||
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Setting Breakpoints
|
\title Setting breakpoints
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Set breakpoints to interrupt the application.
|
\brief Set breakpoints to interrupt the application.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
|
|||||||
evaluates the expression each time the application passes it, and the
|
evaluates the expression each time the application passes it, and the
|
||||||
application stops only if the condition evaluates to \c true.
|
application stops only if the condition evaluates to \c true.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Unclaimed and Claimed Breakpoints
|
\section1 Unclaimed and claimed breakpoints
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Breakpoints come in two varieties: \c unclaimed and \c claimed.
|
Breakpoints come in two varieties: \c unclaimed and \c claimed.
|
||||||
An unclaimed breakpoint represents a task to interrupt the debugged
|
An unclaimed breakpoint represents a task to interrupt the debugged
|
||||||
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li In the code editor, click the left margin or press \key F9
|
\li In the code editor, click the left margin or select \key F9
|
||||||
(\key F8 on \macos) on a particular line where you want the
|
(\key F8 on \macos) on a particular line where you want the
|
||||||
application to stop.
|
application to stop.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Breakpoint Preset} view or the
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Breakpoint Preset} view or the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Breakpoints view:
|
\uicontrol Breakpoints view:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select the breakpoint and press \key Delete.
|
\li Select the breakpoint and select \key Delete.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Delete Selected Breakpoints},
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Delete Selected Breakpoints},
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Delete Selected Breakpoints}, or
|
\uicontrol {Delete Selected Breakpoints}, or
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Delete Breakpoints of File} in the
|
\uicontrol {Delete Breakpoints of File} in the
|
||||||
@@ -310,13 +310,13 @@
|
|||||||
\li Right-click the breakpoint marker in the text editor and select
|
\li Right-click the breakpoint marker in the text editor and select
|
||||||
\uicontrol{Disable Breakpoint}.
|
\uicontrol{Disable Breakpoint}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select a line that has a breakpoint and press \key Ctrl+F9
|
\li Select a line that has a breakpoint and select \key Ctrl+F9
|
||||||
(\key Ctrl+F8 on \macos).
|
(\key Ctrl+F8 on \macos).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Breakpoint Preset} view or the
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Breakpoint Preset} view or the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Breakpoints view:
|
\uicontrol Breakpoints view:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select the breakpoint and press \key Space.
|
\li Select the breakpoint and select \key Space.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Disable Breakpoint} in the context menu.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Disable Breakpoint} in the context menu.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
||||||
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Local Variables and Function Parameters
|
\title Local variables and function parameters
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Inspect local variables and function parameters.
|
\brief Inspect local variables and function parameters.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
|
|||||||
local value correctly.
|
local value correctly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
\section1 Locals View Actions
|
\section1 Locals view actions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Right-click the \uicontrol Locals view to select the following actions:
|
Right-click the \uicontrol Locals view to select the following actions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
|
|||||||
//! [0]
|
//! [0]
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Selecting Object Type for Display
|
\section1 Selecting object type for display
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When using GDB, you can specify whether the dynamic or the static type of
|
When using GDB, you can specify whether the dynamic or the static type of
|
||||||
objects will be displayed. Select \uicontrol {Use dynamic object type for
|
objects will be displayed. Select \uicontrol {Use dynamic object type for
|
||||||
@@ -458,12 +458,12 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger-views
|
||||||
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
\ingroup studio-debugger-views
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Evaluating Expressions
|
\title Evaluating expressions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Compute values of arithmetic expressions or function calls.
|
\brief Compute values of arithmetic expressions or function calls.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To access global data that is not visible in the
|
To access global data that is not visible in the
|
||||||
\l {Local Variables and Function Parameters}{Locals} view or to compute
|
\l {Local variables and function parameters}{Locals} view or to compute
|
||||||
values of arithmetic expressions or function calls, use
|
values of arithmetic expressions or function calls, use
|
||||||
expression evaluators in the \uicontrol Expressions view.
|
expression evaluators in the \uicontrol Expressions view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-debugger-expressions.webp {Expressions view}
|
\image qtcreator-debugger-expressions.webp {Expressions view}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Expression Evaluators
|
\section1 Adding expression evaluators
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add expression evaluators, drag an expression from the code editor
|
To add expression evaluators, drag an expression from the code editor
|
||||||
to the \uicontrol Expressions view.
|
to the \uicontrol Expressions view.
|
||||||
@@ -513,13 +513,13 @@
|
|||||||
\note Evaluating expressions is slow, so remove expression evaluators after
|
\note Evaluating expressions is slow, so remove expression evaluators after
|
||||||
use.
|
use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 JavaScript Expressions
|
\section1 JavaScript expressions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The QML debugger can evaluate JavaScript expressions.
|
The QML debugger can evaluate JavaScript expressions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 C and C++ Expressions
|
\section1 C and C++ expressions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CDB, GDB, and LLDB support the evaluation of simple C and C++ expressions,
|
CDB, GDB, and LLDB support the evaluation of simple C and C++ expressions,
|
||||||
such as arithmetic expressions made of simple values and pointers.
|
such as arithmetic expressions made of simple values and pointers.
|
||||||
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
|
|||||||
Depending on the backend and concrete location, some function calls
|
Depending on the backend and concrete location, some function calls
|
||||||
can be evaluated. CDB is the most limited backend in this respect.
|
can be evaluated. CDB is the most limited backend in this respect.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Function Calls
|
\section2 Function calls
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Functions can be called only if they are actually compiled into the debugged
|
Functions can be called only if they are actually compiled into the debugged
|
||||||
executable or a library used by the executable. Inlined
|
executable or a library used by the executable. Inlined
|
||||||
@@ -538,20 +538,20 @@
|
|||||||
corruption of the application's state, or using the application's permission
|
corruption of the application's state, or using the application's permission
|
||||||
to perform arbitrary actions.
|
to perform arbitrary actions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Ranged Syntax
|
\section2 Ranged syntax
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When using GDB or LLDB as backend, you can use a special ranged syntax to
|
When using GDB or LLDB as backend, you can use a special ranged syntax to
|
||||||
display multiple values with one expression. A sub-expression of form
|
display multiple values with one expression. A sub-expression of form
|
||||||
\c{foo[a..b]} is split into a sequence of individually evaluated expressions
|
\c{foo[a..b]} is split into a sequence of individually evaluated expressions
|
||||||
\c{foo[a], ..., foo[b]}.
|
\c{foo[a], ..., foo[b]}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Compound Variables
|
\section2 Compound variables
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can expand compound variables of struct or class type to show their
|
You can expand compound variables of struct or class type to show their
|
||||||
members. As you also see the variable value and type, you can examine and
|
members. As you also see the variable value and type, you can examine and
|
||||||
traverse the low-level layout of object data.
|
traverse the low-level layout of object data.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Optimized Builds
|
\section2 Optimized builds
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GDB and LLDB, and therefore \QC's debugger, also work for optimized
|
GDB and LLDB, and therefore \QC's debugger, also work for optimized
|
||||||
builds on Linux and \macos. Optimization can lead to re-ordering
|
builds on Linux and \macos. Optimization can lead to re-ordering
|
||||||
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol {not in scope}. Not all uninitialized objects,
|
\uicontrol {not in scope}. Not all uninitialized objects,
|
||||||
however, can be recognized as such.
|
however, can be recognized as such.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Expressions View Actions
|
\section1 Expressions view actions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Right-click the \uicontrol Expressions view to select the following actions:
|
Right-click the \uicontrol Expressions view to select the following actions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
|
\image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project} or press \key F5.
|
\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project} or select \key F5.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To view information about the breakpoint, go to the
|
\li To view information about the breakpoint, go to the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Breakpoints view.
|
\uicontrol Breakpoints view.
|
||||||
|
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
|
|||||||
shifted to the next source code line for which the code was actually
|
shifted to the next source code line for which the code was actually
|
||||||
generated. To reflect such temporary changes by moving the breakpoint
|
generated. To reflect such temporary changes by moving the breakpoint
|
||||||
markers in the source code editor, select this checkbox. For more
|
markers in the source code editor, select this checkbox. For more
|
||||||
information, see \l{Setting Breakpoints}.
|
information, see \l{Setting breakpoints}.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Use Python dumper}
|
\li \uicontrol {Use Python dumper}
|
||||||
\li Uses the abstraction layer of Python Dumper classes to create a
|
\li Uses the abstraction layer of Python Dumper classes to create a
|
||||||
|
@@ -118,19 +118,19 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To interrupt a running C++ application, go to \uicontrol Debug >
|
To interrupt a running C++ application, go to \uicontrol Debug >
|
||||||
\uicontrol Interrupt. The debugger automatically interrupts
|
\uicontrol Interrupt. The debugger automatically interrupts
|
||||||
the application when it hits a \l {Setting Breakpoints}{breakpoint}.
|
the application when it hits a \l {Setting breakpoints}{breakpoint}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once the application stops, \QC:
|
Once the application stops, \QC:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Retrieves data representing the \l{Viewing Call Stack Trace}
|
\li Retrieves data representing the \l{Viewing call stack trace}
|
||||||
{call stack} at the application's current position.
|
{call stack} at the application's current position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Retrieves the contents of \l{Local Variables and Function Parameters}
|
\li Retrieves the contents of \l{Local variables and function parameters}
|
||||||
{local variables}.
|
{local variables}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Examines \l{Evaluating Expressions}{expressions}.
|
\li Examines \l{Evaluating expressions}{expressions}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Updates the \l{Viewing and Editing Register State}{Registers},
|
\li Updates the \l{Viewing and Editing Register State}{Registers},
|
||||||
\l{Viewing Modules}{Modules}, and \l{Viewing Disassembled Code}
|
\l{Viewing Modules}{Modules}, and \l{Viewing Disassembled Code}
|
||||||
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
|
|||||||
objects and user interfaces, as well as execute JavaScript
|
objects and user interfaces, as well as execute JavaScript
|
||||||
expressions.
|
expressions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects} and
|
For more information, see \l{Debugging Qt Quick projects} and
|
||||||
\l{Tutorial: Qt Quick debugging}.
|
\l{Tutorial: Qt Quick debugging}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Tutorial: C++ debugging}, {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debuggers},
|
\sa {Tutorial: C++ debugging}, {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debuggers},
|
||||||
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/qtcreator-debug-button.png
|
\li Select \inlineimage icons/qtcreator-debug-button.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project}).
|
(\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project}).
|
||||||
\li Press \key F5.
|
\li Select \key F5.
|
||||||
\li Enter \c {dr} in the locator, and select the project to debug.
|
\li Enter \c {dr} in the locator, and select the project to debug.
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project}.
|
\uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project}.
|
||||||
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
|
|||||||
parameters.
|
parameters.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify breakpoints before or after launching the debugger.
|
You can specify breakpoints before or after launching the debugger.
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{Setting Breakpoints}.
|
For more information, see \l{Setting breakpoints}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Execute GDB or CDB commands
|
\section1 Execute GDB or CDB commands
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
|
|||||||
opening it makes setting breakpoints and stepping through the code easier.
|
opening it makes setting breakpoints and stepping through the code easier.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify breakpoints before or after attaching the debugger to the
|
You can specify breakpoints before or after attaching the debugger to the
|
||||||
application. For more information, see \l{Setting Breakpoints}.
|
application. For more information, see \l{Setting breakpoints}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Stack
|
\li Stack
|
||||||
\li Examine the nested function calls leading to the current position
|
\li Examine the nested function calls leading to the current position
|
||||||
as a call stack trace.
|
as a call stack trace.
|
||||||
\li \l {Viewing Call Stack Trace}
|
\li \l {Viewing call stack trace}
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Breakpoint Preset
|
\li Breakpoint Preset
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Set \e {breakpoints} with conditions to make the application stop in
|
\li Set \e {breakpoints} with conditions to make the application stop in
|
||||||
a controlled way. A \e {watchpoint} stops the application when the
|
a controlled way. A \e {watchpoint} stops the application when the
|
||||||
value of an expression changes.
|
value of an expression changes.
|
||||||
\li \l {Setting Breakpoints}
|
\li \l {Setting breakpoints}
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Threads
|
\li Threads
|
||||||
\li Switch between threads.
|
\li Switch between threads.
|
||||||
@@ -775,11 +775,11 @@
|
|||||||
\li Locals
|
\li Locals
|
||||||
\li View information about the parameters of the function in the topmost
|
\li View information about the parameters of the function in the topmost
|
||||||
stack frame and local variables.
|
stack frame and local variables.
|
||||||
\li \l {Local Variables and Function Parameters}
|
\li \l {Local variables and function parameters}
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Expressions
|
\li Expressions
|
||||||
\li Compute values of arithmetic expressions or function calls.
|
\li Compute values of arithmetic expressions or function calls.
|
||||||
\li \l {Evaluating Expressions}
|
\li \l {Evaluating expressions}
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Registers
|
\li Registers
|
||||||
\li View the current state of the CPU registers to examine the
|
\li View the current state of the CPU registers to examine the
|
||||||
@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-locals.png {Locals view}
|
\image qtcreator-locals.png {Locals view}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \l {Local Variables and Function Parameters}{Locals} and
|
The \l {Local variables and function parameters}{Locals} and
|
||||||
\l {Evaluating Expressions}{Expressions} views show structured
|
\l {Evaluating expressions}{Expressions} views show structured
|
||||||
data, such as objects of \c class, \c struct, or \c union types, as a tree.
|
data, such as objects of \c class, \c struct, or \c union types, as a tree.
|
||||||
To access sub-structures of the objects, expand the tree nodes.
|
To access sub-structures of the objects, expand the tree nodes.
|
||||||
The tree shows the sub-structures in their in-memory order. To show them
|
The tree shows the sub-structures in their in-memory order. To show them
|
||||||
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@
|
|||||||
\l{Debugging Helpers}{debugging helpers}.
|
\l{Debugging Helpers}{debugging helpers}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition to the generic IDE functionality of the
|
In addition to the generic IDE functionality of the
|
||||||
\l {Viewing Call Stack Trace}{Stack}, \uicontrol {Locals},
|
\l {Viewing call stack trace}{Stack}, \uicontrol {Locals},
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Expressions}, \l {Viewing and Editing Register State}{Registers},
|
\uicontrol {Expressions}, \l {Viewing and Editing Register State}{Registers},
|
||||||
and other views, \QC makes debugging Qt-based applications easy. The debugger
|
and other views, \QC makes debugging Qt-based applications easy. The debugger
|
||||||
plugin understands the internal layout of several Qt classes, for example,
|
plugin understands the internal layout of several Qt classes, for example,
|
||||||
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
|
|||||||
the contents of variables of simple data types, for example, \c int, \c float,
|
the contents of variables of simple data types, for example, \c int, \c float,
|
||||||
\c QString and \c std::string when the application is interrupted. To do so,
|
\c QString and \c std::string when the application is interrupted. To do so,
|
||||||
click the \uicontrol Value column, modify the value with the inplace editor,
|
click the \uicontrol Value column, modify the value with the inplace editor,
|
||||||
and press \key Enter.
|
and select \key Enter.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To change the complete contents of QVector or \c std::vector values, type
|
To change the complete contents of QVector or \c std::vector values, type
|
||||||
all values separated by commas into the \uicontrol Value column of the main
|
all values separated by commas into the \uicontrol Value column of the main
|
||||||
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
This allows you to select the thread that is in the focus of the debugger.
|
This allows you to select the thread that is in the focus of the debugger.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \l {Viewing Call Stack Trace}{Stack} view adjusts its contents
|
The \l {Viewing call stack trace}{Stack} view adjusts its contents
|
||||||
accordingly.
|
accordingly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
||||||
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@
|
|||||||
You can use the left pane of the \uicontrol {Debugger Log} view to directly
|
You can use the left pane of the \uicontrol {Debugger Log} view to directly
|
||||||
interact with the command line of the debugger.
|
interact with the command line of the debugger.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key {Ctrl+Enter} to send the contents of the line under the
|
Select \key {Ctrl+Enter} to send the contents of the line under the
|
||||||
text cursor to the debugger. Or, enter the command in the
|
text cursor to the debugger. Or, enter the command in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Command field. The right side pane of the
|
\uicontrol Command field. The right side pane of the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Debugger Log} view shows the command output.
|
\uicontrol {Debugger Log} view shows the command output.
|
||||||
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@
|
|||||||
\note Usually, you do not need this feature because \QC offers better ways to
|
\note Usually, you do not need this feature because \QC offers better ways to
|
||||||
handle the task. For example, instead of using the GDB
|
handle the task. For example, instead of using the GDB
|
||||||
\c print command from the command line, you can evaluate an expression in
|
\c print command from the command line, you can evaluate an expression in
|
||||||
the \l {Evaluating Expressions}{Expressions} view.
|
the \l {Evaluating expressions}{Expressions} view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
\sa {Debug}{How To: Debug}, {Debugging}, {Debuggers}, {Debugger}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
@@ -1493,8 +1493,8 @@
|
|||||||
\QC uses Python scripts to translate raw memory contents and type information
|
\QC uses Python scripts to translate raw memory contents and type information
|
||||||
data from debugger backends (GDB, LLDB, and CDB are currently supported)
|
data from debugger backends (GDB, LLDB, and CDB are currently supported)
|
||||||
into the form presented to the user in the
|
into the form presented to the user in the
|
||||||
\l {Local Variables and Function Parameters}{Locals}
|
\l {Local variables and function parameters}{Locals}
|
||||||
and \l {Evaluating Expressions}{Expressions} views.
|
and \l {Evaluating expressions}{Expressions} views.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Unlike GDB's
|
Unlike GDB's
|
||||||
\l{https://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/Pretty-Printing.html#Pretty-Printing}
|
\l{https://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/Pretty-Printing.html#Pretty-Printing}
|
||||||
|
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol Debug mode.
|
\uicontrol Debug mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about all the options you have, see
|
For more information about all the options you have, see
|
||||||
\l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}.
|
\l{Debugging Qt Quick projects}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
\note In this tutorial, you are using advanced menu items. These are not
|
\note In this tutorial, you are using advanced menu items. These are not
|
||||||
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qtquick-example-setting-breakpoint2.webp {Debugger view}
|
\image qtquick-example-setting-breakpoint2.webp {Debugger view}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/debugger_stepinto_small.png
|
\li Select \inlineimage icons/debugger_stepinto_small.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Step Into}) on the toolbar or press \key F11 to step
|
(\uicontrol {Step Into}) on the toolbar or select \key F11 to step
|
||||||
into the code in the stack. The samegame.js file opens in the code
|
into the code in the stack. The samegame.js file opens in the code
|
||||||
editor at the function that starts a new game.
|
editor at the function that starts a new game.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -111,5 +111,5 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Debugging Qt Quick Projects}
|
\sa {Debugging Qt Quick projects}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger
|
\ingroup creator-reference-debugger
|
||||||
\ingroup studio-debugger
|
\ingroup studio-debugger
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Debugging Qt Quick Projects
|
\title Debugging Qt Quick projects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Debug JavaScript functions, execute JavaScript expressions to get
|
\brief Debug JavaScript functions, execute JavaScript expressions to get
|
||||||
information about the state of the UI, and inspect QML properties and
|
information about the state of the UI, and inspect QML properties and
|
||||||
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
|
|||||||
\l{Customizing the Menu Bar}.
|
\l{Customizing the Menu Bar}.
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Setting Up QML Debugging
|
\section1 Setting up QML debugging
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
The process of setting up debugging for Qt Quick projects depends on the
|
The process of setting up debugging for Qt Quick projects depends on the
|
||||||
\e type of the project: \uicontrol {Qt Quick UI Prototype} or
|
\e type of the project: \uicontrol {Qt Quick UI Prototype} or
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Qt Quick Application}, and the Qt version.
|
\uicontrol {Qt Quick Application}, and the Qt version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Debugging Qt Quick UI Projects
|
\section2 Debugging Qt Quick UI projects
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To debug Qt Quick UI projects (.qmlproject), select \uicontrol Automatic
|
To debug Qt Quick UI projects (.qmlproject), select \uicontrol Automatic
|
||||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qtquick-debugger-settings.webp {Debugger settings section in Run Settings}
|
\image qtquick-debugger-settings.webp {Debugger settings section in Run Settings}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
\section2 Debugging Qt Quick Applications
|
\section2 Debugging Qt Quick applications
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To debug Qt Quick Applications:
|
To debug Qt Quick Applications:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
|
|||||||
automatically installed during \QC and Qt installation. Do not delete
|
automatically installed during \QC and Qt installation. Do not delete
|
||||||
them if you plan to debug QML applications.
|
them if you plan to debug QML applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Using Default Values
|
\section2 Using default values
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can enable or disable QML debugging globally in \preferences >
|
You can enable or disable QML debugging globally in \preferences >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Build & Run} > \uicontrol {Default Build Properties}.
|
\uicontrol {Build & Run} > \uicontrol {Default Build Properties}.
|
||||||
@@ -129,10 +129,10 @@
|
|||||||
global setting.
|
global setting.
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Starting QML Debugging
|
\section1 Starting QML debugging
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To start the application, choose \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging}
|
To start the application, choose \uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Start Debugging}
|
||||||
> \uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project} or press \key F5. Once the
|
> \uicontrol {Start Debugging of Startup Project} or select \key F5. Once the
|
||||||
application starts running, it behaves and performs as usual. You can then
|
application starts running, it behaves and performs as usual. You can then
|
||||||
perform the following tasks:
|
perform the following tasks:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -191,25 +191,25 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Debugging JavaScript Functions
|
\section1 Debugging JavaScript functions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the \QC \uicontrol Debug mode to inspect the state of your
|
You can use the \QC \uicontrol Debug mode to inspect the state of your
|
||||||
application while debugging. You can interact with the debugger by:
|
application while debugging. You can interact with the debugger by:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li \l{Viewing Call Stack Trace}{Viewing call stack trace}
|
\li \l{Viewing call stack trace}{Viewing call stack trace}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li \l{Setting Breakpoints}{Setting breakpoints}
|
\li \l{Setting breakpoints}{Setting breakpoints}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li \l{Local Variables and Function Parameters}
|
\li \l{Local variables and function parameters}
|
||||||
{Viewing local variables and function parameters}
|
{Viewing local variables and function parameters}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li \l{Evaluating Expressions}
|
\li \l{Evaluating expressions}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Inspecting Items
|
\section1 Inspecting items
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
While the application is running, you can use the \uicontrol {Locals}
|
While the application is running, you can use the \uicontrol {Locals}
|
||||||
view to explore the QML item structure.
|
view to explore the QML item structure.
|
||||||
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
|
|||||||
double-click them and enter the new values. You can view the results in the
|
double-click them and enter the new values. You can view the results in the
|
||||||
running application.
|
running application.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Inspecting User Interfaces
|
\section1 Inspecting user interfaces
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you debug complex applications, you can jump to the position in code
|
When you debug complex applications, you can jump to the position in code
|
||||||
where an item is defined.
|
where an item is defined.
|
||||||
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
|
|||||||
To move the application running in \QQV to the front, select
|
To move the application running in \QQV to the front, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Show Application on Top}.
|
\uicontrol Debug > \uicontrol {Show Application on Top}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Executing JavaScript Expressions
|
\section1 Executing JavaScript expressions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When the application is interrupted by a breakpoint, you can use the
|
When the application is interrupted by a breakpoint, you can use the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {QML Debugger Console} to execute JavaScript expressions in the
|
\uicontrol {QML Debugger Console} to execute JavaScript expressions in the
|
||||||
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
|
|||||||
the \l Properties view.
|
the \l Properties view.
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Applying QML Changes at Runtime
|
\section1 Applying QML changes at runtime
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you change property values in the \uicontrol {QML Debugger Console} or
|
When you change property values in the \uicontrol {QML Debugger Console} or
|
||||||
in the \uicontrol Locals or \uicontrol Expression view, they are immediately
|
in the \uicontrol Locals or \uicontrol Expression view, they are immediately
|
||||||
|
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
|||||||
complete the code. It shows a list of suggestions to
|
complete the code. It shows a list of suggestions to
|
||||||
the statement currently under your cursor.
|
the statement currently under your cursor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key Tab or \key Enter to accept the selected suggestion and complete
|
Select \key Tab or \key Enter to accept the selected suggestion and complete
|
||||||
the code.
|
the code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qml-code-completion.png
|
\image qml-code-completion.png
|
||||||
\caption Suggestions for completing QML code.
|
\caption Suggestions for completing QML code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To open the list of suggestions at any time, press \key {Ctrl+Space}.
|
To open the list of suggestions at any time, select \key {Ctrl+Space}.
|
||||||
If only one option is available, \QC inserts it automatically.
|
If only one option is available, \QC inserts it automatically.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Summary of Available Types
|
\section1 Summary of Available Types
|
||||||
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@
|
|||||||
\section1 Complete code snippets
|
\section1 Complete code snippets
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Code snippets can consist of multiple variables that you specify values for.
|
Code snippets can consist of multiple variables that you specify values for.
|
||||||
Select an item in the list and press \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the
|
Select an item in the list and select \key Tab or \key Enter to complete the
|
||||||
code. Press \key Tab to move between the variables and specify values for
|
code. Select \key Tab to move between the variables and specify values for
|
||||||
them. When you specify a value for a variable, all instances of the variable
|
them. When you specify a value for a variable, all instances of the variable
|
||||||
within the snippet are renamed.
|
within the snippet are renamed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Select the \uicontrol {Automatically split strings} check box to split
|
Select the \uicontrol {Automatically split strings} check box to split
|
||||||
a string to two lines by adding an end quote at the cursor position when
|
a string to two lines by adding an end quote at the cursor position when
|
||||||
you press \key Enter and a start quote at the beginning of the next line,
|
you select \key Enter and a start quote at the beginning of the next line,
|
||||||
before the rest of the string. In addition, pressing \key {Shift+Enter}
|
before the rest of the string. In addition, pressing \key {Shift+Enter}
|
||||||
inserts an escape character at the cursor position and moves the rest of
|
inserts an escape character at the cursor position and moves the rest of
|
||||||
the string to the next line.
|
the string to the next line.
|
||||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
|
|||||||
closing character is added automatically at the end of the selection.
|
closing character is added automatically at the end of the selection.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, the automatically inserted text is highlighted and animated,
|
By default, the automatically inserted text is highlighted and animated,
|
||||||
skipped when you type, and removed when you press \key Backspace.
|
skipped when you type, and removed when you select \key Backspace.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
\sa {Complete CMake code}, {Enclose code in brackets or quotes}, {Nim}
|
\sa {Complete CMake code}, {Enclose code in brackets or quotes}, {Nim}
|
||||||
|
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
When you type text or code, it is indented automatically according to the
|
When you type text or code, it is indented automatically according to the
|
||||||
selected text editor or code style preferences. Select a block to indent it when
|
selected text editor or code style preferences. Select a block to indent it when
|
||||||
you press \key Tab. Press \key {Shift+Tab} to decrease the indentation. You
|
you select \key Tab. Select \key {Shift+Tab} to decrease the indentation. You
|
||||||
can disable automatic indentation.
|
can disable automatic indentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To fix the indentation in the file currently open in the editor,
|
To fix the indentation in the file currently open in the editor,
|
||||||
@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li To automatically indent the highlighted text, select
|
\li To automatically indent the highlighted text, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Auto-indent Selection} or press \key {Ctrl+I}.
|
\uicontrol {Auto-indent Selection} or select \key {Ctrl+I}.
|
||||||
\li To automatically format the highlighted text, select
|
\li To automatically format the highlighted text, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Auto-format Selection} or press \key {Ctrl+;}.
|
\uicontrol {Auto-format Selection} or select \key {Ctrl+;}.
|
||||||
\li To adjust the wrapping of the selected paragraph, select
|
\li To adjust the wrapping of the selected paragraph, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Rewrap Paragraph} or press \key {Ctrl+E}
|
\uicontrol {Rewrap Paragraph} or select \key {Ctrl+E}
|
||||||
followed by \key R.
|
followed by \key R.
|
||||||
\li To toggle text wrapping, select \uicontrol {Enable Text Wrapping}
|
\li To toggle text wrapping, select \uicontrol {Enable Text Wrapping}
|
||||||
or press \key {Ctrl+E} followed by \key {Ctrl+W}.
|
or select \key {Ctrl+E} followed by \key {Ctrl+W}.
|
||||||
\li To visualize whitespace in the editor, select
|
\li To visualize whitespace in the editor, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Visualize Whitespace} or press \key {Ctrl+E}
|
\uicontrol {Visualize Whitespace} or select \key {Ctrl+E}
|
||||||
followed by \key {Ctrl+V}.
|
followed by \key {Ctrl+V}.
|
||||||
\li To clear all whitespace characters from the currently open file,
|
\li To clear all whitespace characters from the currently open file,
|
||||||
select \uicontrol {Clean Whitespace}.
|
select \uicontrol {Clean Whitespace}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Place the cursor on the symbol in the editor.
|
\li Place the cursor on the symbol in the editor.
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {C++} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {C++} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Rename Symbol Under Cursor}, or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+R}.
|
\uicontrol {Rename Symbol Under Cursor}, or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+R}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the keyboard shortcut to rename Python symbols.
|
Use the keyboard shortcut to rename Python symbols.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To rename a QML type in a project, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
To rename a QML type in a project, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {QML/JS} > \uicontrol {Rename Symbol Under Cursor}
|
\uicontrol {QML/JS} > \uicontrol {Rename Symbol Under Cursor}
|
||||||
or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+R}.
|
or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+R}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Search Results} shows the location
|
\uicontrol {Search Results} shows the location
|
||||||
and number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
|
and number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
|
||||||
|
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
|
|||||||
find common problems.
|
find common problems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To run static checks, go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {QML/JS} >
|
To run static checks, go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {QML/JS} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Run Checks} or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+C}.
|
\uicontrol {Run Checks} or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+C}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
View the results in the \uicontrol QML and \uicontrol {QML Analysis}
|
View the results in the \uicontrol QML and \uicontrol {QML Analysis}
|
||||||
filters in \l Issues.
|
filters in \l Issues.
|
||||||
@@ -503,13 +503,13 @@
|
|||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li This type (type name) is not supported as a root element of a
|
\li This type (type name) is not supported as a root element of a
|
||||||
UI file (.ui.qml)
|
UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M221
|
\li M221
|
||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li This type (type name) is not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
\li This type (type name) is not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M222
|
\li M222
|
||||||
@@ -522,26 +522,26 @@
|
|||||||
\li M223
|
\li M223
|
||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li JavaScript blocks are not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
\li JavaScript blocks are not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M224
|
\li M224
|
||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li Behavior type is not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
\li Behavior type is not supported in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported QML types, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M225
|
\li M225
|
||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li States are only supported in the root item in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
\li States are only supported in the root item in a UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M226
|
\li M226
|
||||||
\li Error
|
\li Error
|
||||||
\li Referencing the parent of the root item is not supported in a
|
\li Referencing the parent of the root item is not supported in a
|
||||||
UI file (.ui.qml)
|
UI file (.ui.qml)
|
||||||
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI Files}.
|
\li For more information about supported features, see \l{UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li M227
|
\li M227
|
||||||
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
|
|||||||
To reset the code model, select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {QML/JS} >
|
To reset the code model, select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {QML/JS} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Reset Code Model}.
|
\uicontrol {Reset Code Model}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Check code syntax}, {Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
\sa {Check code syntax}, {Using QML modules with plugins}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
\sa {Analyzing Code}
|
\sa {Analyzing Code}
|
||||||
|
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Code Pasting} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Code Pasting} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Paste Snippet} or press \key {Alt+C,Alt+P}.
|
\uicontrol {Paste Snippet} or select \key {Alt+C,Alt+P}.
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-send-to-codepaster.webp {Send to Codepaster dialog}
|
\image qtcreator-send-to-codepaster.webp {Send to Codepaster dialog}
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Protocol, select the code pasting service to use.
|
\li In \uicontrol Protocol, select the code pasting service to use.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol {Expires after}, specify the time to keep
|
\li In \uicontrol {Expires after}, specify the time to keep
|
||||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Code Pasting} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Code Pasting} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Fetch Snippet} or press \key {Alt+C,Alt+F}.
|
\uicontrol {Fetch Snippet} or select \key {Alt+C,Alt+F}.
|
||||||
\li Select the snippet to fetch from the list.
|
\li Select the snippet to fetch from the list.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -162,13 +162,13 @@
|
|||||||
\li To format the duplicated lines as a comment, go to
|
\li To format the duplicated lines as a comment, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Duplicate Selection and Comment}.
|
\uicontrol {Duplicate Selection and Comment}.
|
||||||
\li To turn selected text into lowercase, go to
|
\li To turn selected text into lowercase, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Lowercase Selection} or press \key {Alt+U}.
|
\uicontrol {Lowercase Selection} or select \key {Alt+U}.
|
||||||
\li To turn selected text into uppercase, go to
|
\li To turn selected text into uppercase, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Uppercase Selection} or press \key {Alt+Shift+U}.
|
\uicontrol {Uppercase Selection} or select \key {Alt+Shift+U}.
|
||||||
\li To sort selected lines alphabetically, go to
|
\li To sort selected lines alphabetically, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Sort Selected Lines} or press \key {Alt+Shift+S}.
|
\uicontrol {Sort Selected Lines} or select \key {Alt+Shift+S}.
|
||||||
\li To add a cursor at the next occurrence of selected text for multi-cursor
|
\li To add a cursor at the next occurrence of selected text for multi-cursor
|
||||||
editing, go to \uicontrol {Add Next Occurrence to Selection} or press \key {Ctrl+D}
|
editing, go to \uicontrol {Add Next Occurrence to Selection} or select \key {Ctrl+D}
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code},
|
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code},
|
||||||
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
|
|||||||
open project using the locator:
|
open project using the locator:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+K} to activate the locator.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+K} to activate the locator.
|
||||||
\li Start typing the filename.
|
\li Start typing the filename.
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-locator-open.webp {List of files in the locator}
|
\image qtcreator-locator-open.webp {List of files in the locator}
|
||||||
\li Use the arrow keys to move to the filename in the list and press
|
\li Use the arrow keys to move to the filename in the list and press
|
||||||
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Filters locating files also accept paths, such as \c {tools/*main.cpp}.
|
Filters locating files also accept paths, such as \c {tools/*main.cpp}.
|
||||||
If the path to a file is very long, it might not fit into the locator
|
If the path to a file is very long, it might not fit into the locator
|
||||||
window. To view the full path, press \key Alt when the filename is selected
|
window. To view the full path, select \key Alt when the filename is selected
|
||||||
or drag the right edge of the locator to make it wider.
|
or drag the right edge of the locator to make it wider.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the locator does not find some files, see \l{Specify project contents}
|
If the locator does not find some files, see \l{Specify project contents}
|
||||||
@@ -249,12 +249,12 @@
|
|||||||
Use keyboard shortcuts:
|
Use keyboard shortcuts:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li To quickly move between currently open files, press \key Ctrl+Tab.
|
\li To quickly move between currently open files, select \key Ctrl+Tab.
|
||||||
\li To move forward in the location history, press \key {Alt+Right}
|
\li To move forward in the location history, select \key {Alt+Right}
|
||||||
(\key {Cmd+Opt+Right} on \macos).
|
(\key {Cmd+Opt+Right} on \macos).
|
||||||
\li To move backward, press \key {Alt+Left} (\key {Cmd+Opt+Left} on \macos).
|
\li To move backward, select \key {Alt+Left} (\key {Cmd+Opt+Left} on \macos).
|
||||||
For example, after you use the \uicontrol Locator
|
For example, after you use the \uicontrol Locator
|
||||||
to jump to a symbol in the same file, press \key {Alt+Left} to jump
|
to jump to a symbol in the same file, select \key {Alt+Left} to jump
|
||||||
back to your original location in that file.
|
back to your original location in that file.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+K} to activate the locator.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+K} to activate the locator.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Enter a colon (:) followed by a space and the upper case letters in
|
\li Enter a colon (:) followed by a space and the upper case letters in
|
||||||
the symbol name (here, \c {QGuiApplication}):
|
the symbol name (here, \c {QGuiApplication}):
|
||||||
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
|
|||||||
\section1 Move to symbol definition or declaration
|
\section1 Move to symbol definition or declaration
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To move directly to the definition or declaration of a symbol in the
|
To move directly to the definition or declaration of a symbol in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Edit mode, move the cursor on the symbol and press \key {F2}.
|
\uicontrol Edit mode, move the cursor on the symbol and select \key {F2}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Or, hold the \key Ctrl key (\key Cmd on \macos) and click
|
Or, hold the \key Ctrl key (\key Cmd on \macos) and click
|
||||||
the symbol. If you have multiple splits opened, open the link in the next
|
the symbol. If you have multiple splits opened, open the link in the next
|
||||||
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
|
|||||||
\section2 Switch between function definition and decalaration
|
\section2 Switch between function definition and decalaration
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To switch between the definition and declaration of a function, place the
|
To switch between the definition and declaration of a function, place the
|
||||||
cursor on either and press \key {Shift+F2} or right-click and go to
|
cursor on either and select \key {Shift+F2} or right-click and go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Switch Between Function Declaration/Definition} or
|
\uicontrol {Switch Between Function Declaration/Definition} or
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Open Function Declaration/Definition in Next Split}.
|
\uicontrol {Open Function Declaration/Definition in Next Split}.
|
||||||
For example, this allows you to navigate from anywhere within a function
|
For example, this allows you to navigate from anywhere within a function
|
||||||
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
|
|||||||
\section2 Open links in another split
|
\section2 Open links in another split
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Links open in the same split by default. To open them in the next
|
Links open in the same split by default. To open them in the next
|
||||||
split, press \key {Ctrl+E} first. For example, press \key {Ctrl+E,F2} to
|
split, select \key {Ctrl+E} first. For example, select \key {Ctrl+E,F2} to
|
||||||
follow the symbol into the next split. If necessary, the view is
|
follow the symbol into the next split. If necessary, the view is
|
||||||
automatically split.
|
automatically split.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
|
|||||||
\title Insert multiple cursors
|
\title Insert multiple cursors
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To apply a change to several places simultaneously in the editor in the
|
To apply a change to several places simultaneously in the editor in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Edit mode, press and hold \key Alt, and click to place cursors
|
\uicontrol Edit mode, select and hold \key Alt, and click to place cursors
|
||||||
in several places in the file. Any changes you make are applied
|
in several places in the file. Any changes you make are applied
|
||||||
simultaneously at all the cursor positions.
|
simultaneously at all the cursor positions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -486,14 +486,14 @@
|
|||||||
To manage cursors:
|
To manage cursors:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Press the arrow keys to move all the cursors up and down.
|
\li Select the arrow keys to move all the cursors up and down.
|
||||||
\li Press the \key Home and \key End key to move all the cursors
|
\li Select the \key Home and \key End key to move all the cursors
|
||||||
to the beginning or to the end of the line.
|
to the beginning or to the end of the line.
|
||||||
\li Press and hold \key Alt and double-click strings to select
|
\li Select and hold \key Alt and double-click strings to select
|
||||||
several strings simultaneously.
|
several strings simultaneously.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Alt+Shift+I} to create cursors at the ends of
|
\li Select \key {Alt+Shift+I} to create cursors at the ends of
|
||||||
selected lines.
|
selected lines.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Esc to remove all the cursors and selections.
|
\li Select \key Esc to remove all the cursors and selections.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code}, {Editing Selected Lines}, {Edit Mode}
|
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code}, {Editing Selected Lines}, {Edit Mode}
|
||||||
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, go to
|
\li To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol Window > \uicontrol Split, press \key {Ctrl+E, 2}, or
|
\uicontrol Window > \uicontrol Split, select \key {Ctrl+E, 2}, or
|
||||||
select the \inlineimage icons/splitbutton_horizontal.png
|
select the \inlineimage icons/splitbutton_horizontal.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol Split) button and then select \uicontrol Split.
|
(\uicontrol Split) button and then select \uicontrol Split.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
|
|||||||
The \uicontrol {Split Side by Side} command creates views to the right
|
The \uicontrol {Split Side by Side} command creates views to the right
|
||||||
of the currently active editor view.
|
of the currently active editor view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To open the editor in a detached window, press \key {Ctrl+E, 4}, or
|
\li To open the editor in a detached window, select \key {Ctrl+E, 4}, or
|
||||||
go to \uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Open in New Window}.
|
go to \uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Open in New Window}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The new window behaves in the same way as the editor area
|
The new window behaves in the same way as the editor area
|
||||||
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Place the cursor within the view you want to remove and go to
|
\li Place the cursor within the view you want to remove and go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Remove Current Split}.
|
\uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Remove Current Split}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+E, 0}.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+E, 0}.
|
||||||
\li Select the \inlineimage icons/splitbutton_closetop.png
|
\li Select the \inlineimage icons/splitbutton_closetop.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Remove Split}) button.
|
(\uicontrol {Remove Split}) button.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Remove All Splits}.
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Window > \uicontrol {Remove All Splits}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+E, 1}.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+E, 1}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code}, {Detach views}, {Edit Mode}
|
\sa {Edit Code}{How To: Edit Code}, {Detach views}, {Edit Mode}
|
||||||
@@ -583,9 +583,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Right-click the line number and select \uicontrol {Toggle Bookmark}.
|
\li Right-click the line number and select \uicontrol {Toggle Bookmark}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key Shift and click the left margin at a line.
|
\li Select \key Shift and click the left margin at a line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+M} when the cursor is on a line.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+M} when the cursor is on a line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol Bookmarks >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol Bookmarks >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Edit Bookmark}.
|
\uicontrol {Edit Bookmark}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+Shift+M}.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+Shift+M}.
|
||||||
\li Right-click a bookmark and go to \uicontrol {Edit Bookmark}
|
\li Right-click a bookmark and go to \uicontrol {Edit Bookmark}
|
||||||
in the context menu.
|
in the context menu.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To move to the previous bookmark in the current session, go to
|
To move to the previous bookmark in the current session, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol Bookmarks > \uicontrol {Previous Bookmark}
|
\uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol Bookmarks > \uicontrol {Previous Bookmark}
|
||||||
or press \key {Ctrl+,}.
|
or select \key {Ctrl+,}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To move to the next bookmark in the current session, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
To move to the next bookmark in the current session, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
||||||
\uicontrol Bookmarks > \uicontrol {Previous Bookmark} or press
|
\uicontrol Bookmarks > \uicontrol {Previous Bookmark} or press
|
||||||
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Locate bookmarks
|
\section2 Locate bookmarks
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To use the locator to go to a bookmark, press \key {Ctrl+K} (or \key {Cmd+K}
|
To use the locator to go to a bookmark, select \key {Ctrl+K} (or \key {Cmd+K}
|
||||||
on \macos) to open the locator. Enter \e b and a space to display a list of
|
on \macos) to open the locator. Enter \e b and a space to display a list of
|
||||||
bookmarks. To filter the bookmarks by line number or a text string, enter
|
bookmarks. To filter the bookmarks by line number or a text string, enter
|
||||||
the number or string after the space. Double-click a bookmark in the list to
|
the number or string after the space. Double-click a bookmark in the list to
|
||||||
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qtcreator-bookmarks-view.webp {Listing bookmarks in Bookmarks view}
|
\image qtcreator-bookmarks-view.webp {Listing bookmarks in Bookmarks view}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To move bookmarks up and down, select \uicontrol {Move Up} or
|
To move bookmarks up and down, select \uicontrol {Move Up} or
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Move Down} in the context menu or press \key {Ctrl+Alt+,} or
|
\uicontrol {Move Down} in the context menu or select \key {Ctrl+Alt+,} or
|
||||||
\key {Ctrl+Alt+.}.
|
\key {Ctrl+Alt+.}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To list bookmarks alphabetically by the name of the file where you set them,
|
To list bookmarks alphabetically by the name of the file where you set them,
|
||||||
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
|
|||||||
To view information about the C++ code model in the
|
To view information about the C++ code model in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {C++ Code Model Inspector} dialog and write it to a log file,
|
\uicontrol {C++ Code Model Inspector} dialog and write it to a log file,
|
||||||
select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Debug \QC } >
|
select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Debug \QC } >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Inspect C++ Code Model} or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+F12}.
|
\uicontrol {Inspect C++ Code Model} or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+F12}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-code-model-inspector.webp {Code Model Inspector dialog}
|
\image qtcreator-code-model-inspector.webp {Code Model Inspector dialog}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@
|
|||||||
the \key Tab key.
|
the \key Tab key.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To apply a suggestion word-by-word, select \uicontrol {Apply Word}
|
To apply a suggestion word-by-word, select \uicontrol {Apply Word}
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+Right}.
|
or select \key {Alt+Right}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To reject a suggestion, press \key Esc or the arrow keys.
|
To reject a suggestion, select \key Esc or the arrow keys.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Turn suggestions on and off
|
\section1 Turn suggestions on and off
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To run the main editor in a manner similar to the Vim editor, go to
|
To run the main editor in a manner similar to the Vim editor, go to
|
||||||
\uicontrol Edit > \uicontrol Advanced and select \uicontrol {Use FakeVim},
|
\uicontrol Edit > \uicontrol Advanced and select \uicontrol {Use FakeVim},
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+Y,Alt+Y}.
|
or select \key {Alt+Y,Alt+Y}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Escape FakeVim mode
|
\section1 Escape FakeVim mode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To temporarily escape FakeVim mode to access the normal \QC keyboard
|
To temporarily escape FakeVim mode to access the normal \QC keyboard
|
||||||
shortcuts like \key {Ctrl-R} for \uicontrol Run, press the comma
|
shortcuts like \key {Ctrl-R} for \uicontrol Run, select the comma
|
||||||
key (\key {,}) before pressing the shortcut.
|
key (\key {,}) before pressing the shortcut.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Quit FakeVim mode
|
\section1 Quit FakeVim mode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To quit the FakeVim mode, go to \uicontrol Edit > \uicontrol Advanced and
|
To quit the FakeVim mode, go to \uicontrol Edit > \uicontrol Advanced and
|
||||||
clear \uicontrol {Use FakeVim}, or press \key {Alt+Y,Alt+Y}.
|
clear \uicontrol {Use FakeVim}, or select \key {Alt+Y,Alt+Y}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {FakeVim Modes and Commands}, {FakeVim}, {Change editor colors}
|
\sa {FakeVim Modes and Commands}, {FakeVim}, {Change editor colors}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Place the cursor on the symbol in the editor.
|
\li Place the cursor on the symbol in the editor.
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {C++} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {C++} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Find References to Symbol Under Cursor},
|
\uicontrol {Find References to Symbol Under Cursor},
|
||||||
or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+U}.
|
or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+U}.
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-find-references-to-symbol-under-cursor.webp {Found symbols in the Search Results view}
|
\image qtcreator-find-references-to-symbol-under-cursor.webp {Found symbols in the Search Results view}
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos).
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools, and then select \uicontrol Locate.
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools, and then select \uicontrol Locate.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
|
|||||||
execute.
|
execute.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select a locator filter in the filter list to use it. Press
|
\li Select a locator filter in the filter list to use it. Press
|
||||||
the up and down arrow keys or press \key Ctrl+P and \key Ctrl+N
|
the up and down arrow keys or select \key Ctrl+P and \key Ctrl+N
|
||||||
to move up and down the list, and then press \key Enter to use the
|
to move up and down the list, and then select \key Enter to use the
|
||||||
selected filter.
|
selected filter.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@
|
|||||||
To create a new file and open it in the editor:
|
To create a new file and open it in the editor:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Type \c f followed by \key Space, followed by path and file name
|
\li Enter \c f followed by \key Space, followed by path and file name
|
||||||
\li Press \key Enter or select \uicontrol {Create and Open File}.
|
\li Select \key Enter or select \uicontrol {Create and Open File}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create a directory, select \uicontrol {Create Directory}.
|
To create a directory, select \uicontrol {Create Directory}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
|
|||||||
\li Place the cursor on the link.
|
\li Place the cursor on the link.
|
||||||
\li Then, do one of the following:
|
\li Then, do one of the following:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+Click} (or \key {Cmd+Click} on \macos).
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+Click} (or \key {Cmd+Click} on \macos).
|
||||||
\li Press \key F2.
|
\li Select \key F2.
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol {Follow Symbol Under Cursor} in the context
|
\li Go to \uicontrol {Follow Symbol Under Cursor} in the context
|
||||||
menu.
|
menu.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
@@ -131,28 +131,28 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Zoom In} toolbar button.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Zoom In} toolbar button.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Ctrl++.
|
\li Select \key Ctrl++.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Ctrl and roll the mouse wheel up.
|
\li Select \key Ctrl and roll the mouse wheel up.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To zoom out of diagrams:
|
To zoom out of diagrams:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Zoom Out}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Zoom Out}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Ctrl+-.
|
\li Select \key Ctrl+-.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Ctrl and roll the mouse wheel down.
|
\li Select \key Ctrl and roll the mouse wheel down.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To reset the diagram size to 100%:
|
To reset the diagram size to 100%:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Reset Zoom}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Reset Zoom}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key Ctrl+0.
|
\li Select \key Ctrl+0.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Printing Diagrams
|
\section2 Printing Diagrams
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To print diagrams, press \key Ctrl+C when no elements are selected in
|
To print diagrams, select \key Ctrl+C when no elements are selected in
|
||||||
the editor to copy all elements to the clipboard by using 300 dpi. Then
|
the editor to copy all elements to the clipboard by using 300 dpi. Then
|
||||||
paste the diagram to an application that can print images.
|
paste the diagram to an application that can print images.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -340,14 +340,14 @@
|
|||||||
associations.
|
associations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To create \e {sampling points} that divide a relation into two
|
\li To create \e {sampling points} that divide a relation into two
|
||||||
connected lines, select a relation and press \key Shift and click
|
connected lines, select a relation and select \key Shift and click
|
||||||
on the relation line.
|
on the relation line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If possible, the end point of a relation is moved automatically
|
If possible, the end point of a relation is moved automatically
|
||||||
to draw the line to the next sampling point either vertically or
|
to draw the line to the next sampling point either vertically or
|
||||||
horizontally.
|
horizontally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To remove a sampling point, press \key Ctrl and click the sampling
|
\li To remove a sampling point, select \key Ctrl and click the sampling
|
||||||
point.
|
point.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To group elements, drag a \uicontrol Boundary element to
|
\li To group elements, drag a \uicontrol Boundary element to
|
||||||
@@ -500,9 +500,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Add and delete points
|
\section2 Add and delete points
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add more points, press \key Shift and click a relation.
|
To add more points, select \key Shift and click a relation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To delete a point, press \key Ctrl and click a point.
|
To delete a point, select \key Ctrl and click a point.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Specify members
|
\section2 Specify members
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -71,12 +71,12 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol {Zoom Out}
|
\uicontrol {Zoom Out}
|
||||||
\li Zooms into or out of the whole state chart in the state editor.
|
\li Zooms into or out of the whole state chart in the state editor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also press \key Ctrl and use the mouse wheel.
|
You can also select \key Ctrl and use the mouse wheel.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/pan.png
|
\li \inlineimage icons/pan.png
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Panning
|
\li \uicontrol Panning
|
||||||
\li Pans the state chart. To increase the pace of panning, press down the
|
\li Pans the state chart. To increase the pace of panning, select
|
||||||
\key Shift key.
|
\key {Shift}.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/fittoview.png
|
\li \inlineimage icons/fittoview.png
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Fit to View}
|
\li \uicontrol {Fit to View}
|
||||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/zoom.png
|
\li \inlineimage icons/zoom.png
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Magnifier Tool}
|
\li \uicontrol {Magnifier Tool}
|
||||||
\li Zooms into a part of the state chart. To move the magnifier tool
|
\li Zooms into a part of the state chart. To move the magnifier tool
|
||||||
faster, press down the \key Alt key.
|
faster, select and hold \key {Alt}.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/navigator.png
|
\li \inlineimage icons/navigator.png
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Navigator}
|
\li \uicontrol {Navigator}
|
||||||
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Drag states on top of other states to create compound states. You can also
|
Drag states on top of other states to create compound states. You can also
|
||||||
drag child states out of their parent state. To move child states
|
drag child states out of their parent state. To move child states
|
||||||
within their parent, press down the \key Ctrl key while dragging them.
|
within their parent, select and hold \key Ctrl while dragging them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Aligning and Editing States
|
\section1 Aligning and Editing States
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Record Macro} or press \key {Alt+[}.
|
\uicontrol {Record Macro} or select \key {Alt+[}.
|
||||||
\li Press keyboard keys.
|
\li Select keyboard keys.
|
||||||
\li To stop recording, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
\li To stop recording, go to \uicontrol Tools >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} > \uicontrol {Stop Recording Macro}
|
\uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} > \uicontrol {Stop Recording Macro}
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+]}.
|
or select \key {Alt+]}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note The macro recorder does not support code completion.
|
\note The macro recorder does not support code completion.
|
||||||
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol {Text Editing Macros} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Play Last Macro}.
|
\uicontrol {Play Last Macro}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Alt+R}.
|
\li Select \key {Alt+R}.
|
||||||
\li Enter \c rm in the locator.
|
\li Enter \c rm in the locator.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol Unindents.
|
\uicontrol Unindents.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify whether the \key Tab key automatically indents text when you
|
You can specify whether the \key Tab key automatically indents text when you
|
||||||
press it. To automatically indent text, select \uicontrol Always in the
|
select it. To automatically indent text, select \uicontrol Always in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Tab key performs auto-indent} field. To only indent text when
|
\uicontrol {Tab key performs auto-indent} field. To only indent text when
|
||||||
the cursor is located within leading white space, select \uicontrol {In
|
the cursor is located within leading white space, select \uicontrol {In
|
||||||
Leading White Space}.
|
Leading White Space}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
|
|||||||
quick fix.
|
quick fix.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Or, press \key {Alt+Enter} to open a context menu that has
|
Or, select \key {Alt+Enter} to open a context menu that has
|
||||||
quick fixes available in the current cursor position.
|
quick fixes available in the current cursor position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, the refactored files are saved automatically. To turn off
|
By default, the refactored files are saved automatically. To turn off
|
||||||
|
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+F} or go to \uicontrol Edit >
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+F} or go to \uicontrol Edit >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Find/Replace} > \uicontrol {Find/Replace}.
|
\uicontrol {Find/Replace} > \uicontrol {Find/Replace}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Find, enter the text you are looking for.
|
\li In \uicontrol Find, enter the text you are looking for.
|
||||||
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
|
|||||||
type.
|
type.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To go to the next occurrence, select \inlineimage icons/next.png
|
\li To go to the next occurrence, select \inlineimage icons/next.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Find Next}), or press \key F3.
|
(\uicontrol {Find Next}), or select \key F3.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To go to the previous occurrence, select \inlineimage icons/prev.png
|
\li To go to the previous occurrence, select \inlineimage icons/prev.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Find Previous}), or press \key {Shift+F3}.
|
(\uicontrol {Find Previous}), or select \key {Shift+F3}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To select all found occurrences in a file, select
|
\li To select all found occurrences in a file, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Select All}.
|
\uicontrol {Select All}.
|
||||||
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
|
|||||||
\section1 Search in all projects
|
\section1 Search in all projects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+Shift+F} or go to \uicontrol Edit >
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+Shift+F} or go to \uicontrol Edit >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Find/Replace} > \uicontrol {Advanced Find} >
|
\uicontrol {Find/Replace} > \uicontrol {Advanced Find} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Open Advanced Find}.
|
\uicontrol {Open Advanced Find}.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Scope, select \uicontrol {All Projects}.
|
\li In \uicontrol Scope, select \uicontrol {All Projects}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -126,12 +126,12 @@
|
|||||||
Use keyboard shortcuts to move within and between code blocks:
|
Use keyboard shortcuts to move within and between code blocks:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li To go to block end, press \key {Ctrl+]}.
|
\li To go to block end, select \key {Ctrl+]}.
|
||||||
\li To go to block start, press \key {Ctrl+[}.
|
\li To go to block start, select \key {Ctrl+[}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To also select the lines from the cursor position to the end
|
To also select the lines from the cursor position to the end
|
||||||
or beginning of the block, press \key {Ctrl+Shift+]} and
|
or beginning of the block, select \key {Ctrl+Shift+]} and
|
||||||
\key {Ctrl+Shift+[}, respectively.
|
\key {Ctrl+Shift+[}, respectively.
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -3,19 +3,15 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/index.html
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/index.html
|
||||||
\title Qt Design Studio Manual
|
\title Qt Design Studio documentation
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/studio-optimized-3d-scenes.html
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/studio-optimized-3d-scenes.html
|
||||||
\title Creating Optimized 3D Scenes
|
\title Creating optimized 3D scenes
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/qtquick-optimizing-designs.html
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/qtquick-optimizing-designs.html
|
||||||
\title Optimizing Designs
|
\title Optimizing designs
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
|
||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/studio-optimized-3d-scenes.html
|
|
||||||
\title Creating Optimized 3D Scenes
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/
|
||||||
@@ -105,6 +101,38 @@
|
|||||||
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qt/linguist-id-based-i18n.html
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qt/linguist-id-based-i18n.html
|
||||||
\title Text ID based translations
|
\title Text ID based translations
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtcreator/creator-developing-mcu.html
|
||||||
|
\title Developing for MCUs
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtcreator/creator-how-tos.html#mcus
|
||||||
|
\title How To: Develop for MCUs
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/qtul-setup-development-host.html#prerequisites
|
||||||
|
\title MCU prerequisites for desktop
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/qtul-setup-development-host.html#qt-creator-setup
|
||||||
|
\title MCU kit for desktop
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/qtul-prerequisites.html
|
||||||
|
\title MCU target device-specific prerequisites
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/qtcreator/creator-how-to-create-mcu-kits.html
|
||||||
|
\title MCU kit for a target device
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://doc.qt.io/QtForMCUs/qtul-supported-platforms.html
|
||||||
|
\title Supported MCU target devices
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\externalpage https://wiki.qt.io/QtDesignStudio/MCU_FAQ
|
||||||
|
\title Qt Design Studio/MCU FAQ
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\externalpage https://www.qt.io/blog/qt-design-studio-4.6-released
|
\externalpage https://www.qt.io/blog/qt-design-studio-4.6-released
|
||||||
\title Qt Design Studio 4.6 released
|
\title Qt Design Studio 4.6 released
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2023 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
// **********************************************************************
|
// **********************************************************************
|
||||||
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
|
|||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\page creator-editor-external.html
|
\page creator-editor-external.html
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
\previouspage quick-converting-ui-projects.html
|
\previouspage creator-vcs-git.html
|
||||||
\nextpage studio-on-mcus.html
|
\nextpage studio-accessing-output-issues-and-warnings.html
|
||||||
\else
|
\else
|
||||||
\previouspage creator-how-tos.html
|
\previouspage creator-how-tos.html
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
|
|||||||
symbol.
|
symbol.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To show tooltips for function signatures regardless of the
|
\li To show tooltips for function signatures regardless of the
|
||||||
cursor position in the function call, press \key {Ctrl+Shift+D}.
|
cursor position in the function call, select \key {Ctrl+Shift+D}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To show the full help on a Qt class or function, press \key F1 or
|
\li To show the full help on a Qt class or function, select \key F1 or
|
||||||
select \uicontrol {Context Help} in the context menu.
|
select \uicontrol {Context Help} in the context menu.
|
||||||
The documentation is shown in a
|
The documentation is shown in a
|
||||||
view next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
|
view next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
|
||||||
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
|
|||||||
\title Detach the help window
|
\title Detach the help window
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, context-sensitive help opens in a window next to the
|
By default, context-sensitive help opens in a window next to the
|
||||||
code editor when you press \key F1. If there is not enough vertical
|
code editor when you select \key F1. If there is not enough vertical
|
||||||
space, the help opens in the full-screen help mode.
|
space, the help opens in the full-screen help mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
|
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol Record.
|
\li Select \uicontrol Record.
|
||||||
\li Press the keys to use as the keyboard shortcut.
|
\li Select the keys to use as the keyboard shortcut.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Stop Recording} when you are done.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Stop Recording} when you are done.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
|
|||||||
To locate Qt Test data tags:
|
To locate Qt Test data tags:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos) to activate the locator.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos) to activate the locator.
|
||||||
\li Enter \c qdt, followed by a space.
|
\li Enter \c qdt, followed by a space.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
|
|||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li -presentationMode
|
\li -presentationMode
|
||||||
\li Core plugin: display keyboard shortcuts as popups when you
|
\li Core plugin: display keyboard shortcuts as popups when you
|
||||||
press them. Mostly useful when presenting \QC to someone else.
|
select them. Mostly useful when presenting \QC to someone else.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li -theme <default | dark>
|
\li -theme <default | dark>
|
||||||
|
@@ -45,6 +45,5 @@
|
|||||||
{#qt-creator} channel on Libera.Chat IRC, go to \uicontrol Help >
|
{#qt-creator} channel on Libera.Chat IRC, go to \uicontrol Help >
|
||||||
\uicontrol Contact.
|
\uicontrol Contact.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Paste and fetch code snippets}, {Technical Support},
|
\sa {Paste and fetch code snippets}, {Technical support}
|
||||||
{Turn on crash reports}
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -89,5 +89,5 @@
|
|||||||
{Building Qt Creator from Git}.
|
{Building Qt Creator from Git}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Manage Kits}{How To: Manage Kits}, {Register installed Qt versions},
|
\sa {Manage Kits}{How To: Manage Kits}, {Register installed Qt versions},
|
||||||
{Install plugins}, {Licenses and Acknowledgments}
|
{Install plugins}, {Licenses and acknowledgments}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To trigger the GDB command that generates a core file while debugging,
|
To trigger the GDB command that generates a core file while debugging,
|
||||||
go to \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views > \l {Debugger Log}.
|
go to \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views > \l {Debugger Log}.
|
||||||
In the \uicontrol Command field, type \c gcore and press \key Enter. The
|
In the \uicontrol Command field, type \c gcore and select \key Enter. The
|
||||||
core file is created in the current working directory. You can specify
|
core file is created in the current working directory. You can specify
|
||||||
another location for the file, including a relative or absolute path, as an
|
another location for the file, including a relative or absolute path, as an
|
||||||
argument of the command.
|
argument of the command.
|
||||||
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
One common factor in many use cases is switching editors while working on a
|
One common factor in many use cases is switching editors while working on a
|
||||||
set of open files. While working on files A and B, users sometimes need to
|
set of open files. While working on files A and B, users sometimes need to
|
||||||
look at file C. They can press \key Ctrl+Tab to move between the files and
|
look at file C. They can select \key Ctrl+Tab to move between the files and
|
||||||
have the files open in the correct editor according to file type. The list
|
have the files open in the correct editor according to file type. The list
|
||||||
is sorted by last used.
|
is sorted by last used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -298,9 +298,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key F4 to switch between header and source.
|
\li Select \key F4 to switch between header and source.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key Alt+Left to move backwards in the navigation history.
|
\li Select \key Alt+Left to move backwards in the navigation history.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Use the locator (Ctrl+K) to simply tell \QC where to go.
|
\li Use the locator (Ctrl+K) to simply tell \QC where to go.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
With \QC, developers can type \c {Ctrl+K m AFun} to find the function.
|
With \QC, developers can type \c {Ctrl+K m AFun} to find the function.
|
||||||
Typically, they only need to type 3 to 4 characters of the function name.
|
Typically, they only need to type 3 to 4 characters of the function name.
|
||||||
They can then fix the problem and press \key Alt+Back to go back to where
|
They can then fix the problem and select \key Alt+Back to go back to where
|
||||||
they were.
|
they were.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Other locator filters include \c c for classes, \c : for all symbols, and
|
Other locator filters include \c c for classes, \c : for all symbols, and
|
||||||
|
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
|
|||||||
To locate a session:
|
To locate a session:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos) to activate the locator.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+K} (\key {Cmd+K} on \macos) to activate the locator.
|
||||||
\li Enter:
|
\li Enter:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \c {t} \e {<session_name>}
|
\li \c {t} \e {<session_name>}
|
||||||
|
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
|||||||
add the path to the CMake executable on the \1.
|
add the path to the CMake executable on the \1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol {Preferences} > \uicontrol Kits >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol {Preferences} > \uicontrol Kits >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Qt Versions}, and then press \key Shift and click the
|
\uicontrol {Qt Versions}, and then select and hold \key Shift and select the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Add button to add the Qt version on the \1.
|
\uicontrol Add button to add the Qt version on the \1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol {Preferences} > \uicontrol Kits >
|
\li Go to \uicontrol {Preferences} > \uicontrol Kits >
|
||||||
|
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference
|
\ingroup creator-reference
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Licenses and Acknowledgments
|
\title Licenses and acknowledgments
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Licenses and third-party components in \QC.
|
\brief Licenses and third-party components in \QC.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Navigating with the Keyboard
|
\section2 Navigating with the Keyboard
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To move between UI controls, press the the \key Tab key or the \key Left,
|
To move between UI controls, select the \key Tab key or the \key Left,
|
||||||
\key Right, \key Up, and \key Down arrow keys.
|
\key Right, \key Up, and \key Down arrow keys.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Setting Zoom Levels
|
\section2 Setting Zoom Levels
|
||||||
|
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
|
|||||||
If you have not used an integrated development environment (IDE)
|
If you have not used an integrated development environment (IDE)
|
||||||
before, or want to know what kind of IDE \QC is, go to
|
before, or want to know what kind of IDE \QC is, go to
|
||||||
\l{Overview}.
|
\l{Overview}.
|
||||||
\li \b {\l{User Interface}}
|
\li \b {\l{User interface}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you have not used \QC before, and want to become familiar
|
If you have not used \QC before, and want to become familiar
|
||||||
with the parts of the user interface, go to \l{User Interface}.
|
with the parts of the user interface, go to \l{User interface}.
|
||||||
\li \b {\l{Configuring Qt Creator}}
|
\li \b {\l{Configuring Qt Creator}}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To make \QC behave more like your favorite code editor or IDE,
|
To make \QC behave more like your favorite code editor or IDE,
|
||||||
|
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@
|
|||||||
\image heartgame-start.webp {Heart Rate Game}
|
\image heartgame-start.webp {Heart Rate Game}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create intuitive, modern-looking, fluid user interfaces (UI), use
|
To create intuitive, modern-looking, fluid user interfaces (UI), use
|
||||||
\l{Qt Quick} and \l{Qt Design Studio Manual}{\QDS}:
|
\l{Qt Quick} and \l{Qt Design Studio documentation}{\QDS}:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \l {\QMLD}
|
\li \l {\QMLD}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Or, enable the \QMLD plugin to visually edit \l{UI Files}{UI files}
|
Or, enable the \QMLD plugin to visually edit \l{UI files}
|
||||||
(.ui.qml).
|
(.ui.qml).
|
||||||
\li \l {Converting UI Projects to Applications}
|
\li \l {Converting UI Projects to Applications}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@
|
|||||||
development, you have to convert them to Qt Quick
|
development, you have to convert them to Qt Quick
|
||||||
Application projects that have project configuration
|
Application projects that have project configuration
|
||||||
files (CMakeLists.txt or .pro), .cpp, and .qrc files.
|
files (CMakeLists.txt or .pro), .cpp, and .qrc files.
|
||||||
\li \l {UI Files}
|
\li \l {UI files}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you switch between \QC and \QDS or cooperate with
|
If you switch between \QC and \QDS or cooperate with
|
||||||
designers on a project, you might encounter .ui.qml files.
|
designers on a project, you might encounter .ui.qml files.
|
||||||
They are intended to be edited in \QDS only, so you need
|
They are intended to be edited in \QDS only, so you need
|
||||||
to be careful not to break the code. To visually edit the
|
to be careful not to break the code. To visually edit the
|
||||||
files in \QC, enable the \QMLD plugin.
|
files in \QC, enable the \QMLD plugin.
|
||||||
\li \l{Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
\li \l{Using QML modules with plugins}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Load C++ plugins for QML to simulate data.
|
Load C++ plugins for QML to simulate data.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference
|
\ingroup creator-reference
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Technical Support
|
\title Technical support
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Qt support sites and other useful sites.
|
\brief Qt support sites and other useful sites.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
|
|||||||
between the host and devices. For more information, see
|
between the host and devices. For more information, see
|
||||||
\l{\B2Q: Documentation}.
|
\l{\B2Q: Documentation}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you have \l{Qt Design Studio Manual}{\QDS} installed, you can open
|
If you have \l{Qt Design Studio documentation}{\QDS} installed, you can open
|
||||||
\QDS examples from \QC in \QDS.
|
\QDS examples from \QC in \QDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/run_small.png
|
\li Select \inlineimage icons/run_small.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol Run) to build and run the application.
|
(\uicontrol Run) to build and run the application.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To see the compilation progress, press \key{Alt+4} to open
|
\li To see the compilation progress, select \key{Alt+4} to open
|
||||||
\l {Compile Output}.
|
\l {Compile Output}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If build errors occur, check that you have a Qt version, a
|
If build errors occur, check that you have a Qt version, a
|
||||||
@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Manage Kits}{How To: Manage Kits}, {Open projects},
|
\sa {Manage Kits}{How To: Manage Kits}, {Open projects},
|
||||||
{Developing for Android}, {Developing for iOS},
|
{Developing for Android}, {Developing for iOS},
|
||||||
{Compile Output}, {\B2Q: Documentation}, {Qt Design Studio Manual}
|
{Compile Output}, {\B2Q: Documentation}, {Qt Design Studio documentation}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/cancel-build.png.
|
\li Select \inlineimage icons/cancel-build.png.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Alt+Backspace}.
|
\li Select \key {Alt+Backspace}.
|
||||||
\li Go to \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {Cancel Build}.
|
\li Go to \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {Cancel Build}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
|
|||||||
\li Use the following keyboard shortcuts, depending on the mode you are
|
\li Use the following keyboard shortcuts, depending on the mode you are
|
||||||
currently in:
|
currently in:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li In all modes, press \key Ctrl+O (\key Cmd+O on \macos) to open the
|
\li In all modes, select \key Ctrl+O (\key Cmd+O on \macos) to open the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Open File} dialog, where you can select a project file.
|
\uicontrol {Open File} dialog, where you can select a project file.
|
||||||
\li On Windows and Linux, in all modes except the \uicontrol Help mode,
|
\li On Windows and Linux, in all modes except the \uicontrol Help mode,
|
||||||
press \key Ctrl+Shift+O to open the \uicontrol {Load Project} dialog.
|
select \key Ctrl+Shift+O to open the \uicontrol {Load Project} dialog.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Welcome mode, \uicontrol Projects tab, press
|
\li In the \uicontrol Welcome mode, \uicontrol Projects tab, press
|
||||||
\key Ctrl+Shift+number (\key Cmd+Shift+number on \macos), where
|
\key Ctrl+Shift+number (\key Cmd+Shift+number on \macos), where
|
||||||
the number is the number of a project in the list of recently opened
|
the number is the number of a project in the list of recently opened
|
||||||
|
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol {Qt Versions} > \uicontrol Add.
|
\uicontrol {Qt Versions} > \uicontrol Add.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add a Qt version on a remote Linux device or in Docker,
|
To add a Qt version on a remote Linux device or in Docker,
|
||||||
press \key Shift and click \uicontrol Add.
|
select \key Shift and click \uicontrol Add.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select the qmake executable for the Qt version to add.
|
\li Select the qmake executable for the Qt version to add.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
|
|||||||
If you selected CMake as the build system for the project, a
|
If you selected CMake as the build system for the project, a
|
||||||
\e {Release with Debug Information} build configuration is also available.
|
\e {Release with Debug Information} build configuration is also available.
|
||||||
It is similar to a \e profile configuration, but with
|
It is similar to a \e profile configuration, but with
|
||||||
\l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}{QML debugging and profiling} explicitly turned off.
|
\l{Debugging Qt Quick projects}{QML debugging and profiling} explicitly turned off.
|
||||||
You can also use a \e {Minimum Size Release} build configuration to create the
|
You can also use a \e {Minimum Size Release} build configuration to create the
|
||||||
final installation binary package. It is a release build that makes the size
|
final installation binary package. It is a release build that makes the size
|
||||||
of the binary package as small as possible, even if this makes the
|
of the binary package as small as possible, even if this makes the
|
||||||
|
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
|
|||||||
However, you can usually leave this field empty.
|
However, you can usually leave this field empty.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note To create a build configuration that supports debugging for a
|
\note To create a build configuration that supports debugging for a
|
||||||
Qt Quick application project, you also need to \l {Using Default Values}
|
Qt Quick application project, you also need to \l {Using default values}
|
||||||
{enable QML debugging} either globally or in the \uicontrol {Build Settings}
|
{enable QML debugging} either globally or in the \uicontrol {Build Settings}
|
||||||
of the project.
|
of the project.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
|
|||||||
\b{Select me}.
|
\b{Select me}.
|
||||||
\li Double-click the \uicontrol {Push Button} widget and enter the text
|
\li Double-click the \uicontrol {Push Button} widget and enter the text
|
||||||
\b{Click me}.
|
\b{Click me}.
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+S} (or \key {Cmd+S}) to save your changes.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+S} (or \key {Cmd+S}) to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about designing UIs with \QD, see \l{\QD Manual}.
|
For more information about designing UIs with \QD, see \l{\QD Manual}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
\endcode
|
\endcode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also use \l{Qt Design Studio Manual}{\QDS} to design Qt Quick UIs.
|
You can also use \l{Qt Design Studio documentation}{\QDS} to design Qt Quick UIs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Run the application
|
\section1 Run the application
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li \l{Getting Started}
|
\li \l{Getting Started}
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \l{Overview}
|
\li \l{Overview}
|
||||||
\li \l{User Interface}
|
\li \l{User interface}
|
||||||
\li \l{Configuring Qt Creator}
|
\li \l{Configuring Qt Creator}
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
\li \l{Creating Projects}
|
\li \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||||
|
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol {Always allow from this computer} check box, and then select
|
\uicontrol {Always allow from this computer} check box, and then select
|
||||||
\uicontrol OK.
|
\uicontrol OK.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To run the application on the device, press \key {Ctrl+R}.
|
\li To run the application on the device, select \key {Ctrl+R}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
|
|||||||
For more examples, see \l{Qt Quick Examples and Tutorials}.
|
For more examples, see \l{Qt Quick Examples and Tutorials}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use a visual editor to develop Qt Quick applications in \QDS. For
|
You can use a visual editor to develop Qt Quick applications in \QDS. For
|
||||||
more information, see \l{Qt Design Studio Manual}.
|
more information, see \l{Qt Design Studio documentation}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\include qtquick-tutorial-create-empty-project.qdocinc qtquick empty application
|
\include qtquick-tutorial-create-empty-project.qdocinc qtquick empty application
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
|
|||||||
\skipto import
|
\skipto import
|
||||||
\printuntil /^\ {0}\}/
|
\printuntil /^\ {0}\}/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application, and click the rectangles to
|
Select \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application, and click the rectangles to
|
||||||
move the Qt logo from one rectangle to another.
|
move the Qt logo from one rectangle to another.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Animate transitions
|
\section1 Animate transitions
|
||||||
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\printuntil /^\ {0}\}/
|
\printuntil /^\ {0}\}/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application, and click the rectangles to
|
Select \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application, and click the rectangles to
|
||||||
view the animated transitions.
|
view the animated transitions.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Use wizards to create Qt Quick projects that have boiler-plate code. Change
|
Use wizards to create Qt Quick projects that have boiler-plate code. Change
|
||||||
the code in the \uicontrol Edit mode or use a separate visual editor,
|
the code in the \uicontrol Edit mode or use a separate visual editor,
|
||||||
\l{Qt Design Studio Manual}{\QDS} to open and edit \l{UI Files}{UI files}
|
\l{Qt Design Studio documentation}{\QDS} to open and edit \l{UI files}
|
||||||
(.ui.qml).
|
(.ui.qml).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Don't edit UI files in the \uicontrol Edit mode because it is easy
|
Don't edit UI files in the \uicontrol Edit mode because it is easy
|
||||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
|
|||||||
{QML types}, see the Qt reference documentation available online and
|
{QML types}, see the Qt reference documentation available online and
|
||||||
in the \uicontrol Help mode.
|
in the \uicontrol Help mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about using \QMLD, see \l{Qt Design Studio Manual}.
|
For more information about using \QMLD, see \l{Qt Design Studio documentation}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Create Qt Quick Applications}, {Create Qt Quick UI Prototypes},
|
\sa {Create Qt Quick Applications}, {Create Qt Quick UI Prototypes},
|
||||||
{Enable and disable plugins}
|
{Enable and disable plugins}
|
||||||
|
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
|||||||
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
\page quick-converting-ui-projects.html
|
||||||
|
\nextpage creator-editor-external.html
|
||||||
|
\previouspage creator-reference.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\title Converting UI Projects to Applications
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\brief Converting a project that has a .qmlproject file to one that has a
|
||||||
|
.pro file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\include qtquick-converting-ui-projects-to-applications.qdocinc {converting-ui-projects-to-applications} {Qt Quick UI Prototype}
|
||||||
|
*/
|
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
|
|||||||
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
//! [converting-ui-projects-to-applications]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\1 projects are useful for creating user interfaces. To
|
||||||
|
use them for application development in Qt Creator you have to add:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\list
|
||||||
|
\li A project configuration file (CMakeLists.txt or a .pro file)
|
||||||
|
\li C++ code (.cpp)
|
||||||
|
\li Resource files
|
||||||
|
\li Code needed for deploying applications to \l{glossary-device}
|
||||||
|
{devices}
|
||||||
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For more information about integrating QML and C++, see
|
||||||
|
\l{Overview - QML and C++ Integration}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\note Since \QDS 2.3.0, \QDS project wizard templates generate projects that
|
||||||
|
can be built with CMake. You can open the \e CMakeLists.txt project file in
|
||||||
|
Qt Creator to continue developing the project. Also, you can use Qt Creator
|
||||||
|
to create a Qt Quick Application project that you can open in \QDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\target wizard-template-note
|
||||||
|
\note Since \QDS 3.9.0, \QDS project wizard templates generate projects that
|
||||||
|
automatically check out and build the Qt Quick Studio Components from
|
||||||
|
\l{https://code.qt.io/cgit/qt-labs/qtquickdesigner-components.git/} {Qt Code Review},
|
||||||
|
using CMake. To turn off this feature, use the option \e BUILD_QDS_COMPONENTS
|
||||||
|
in the CMake configuration.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
|
For more information about using \QDS to create projects, see
|
||||||
|
\l{Qt Design Studio documentation}.
|
||||||
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To use qmake as the build system, use a Qt Creator
|
||||||
|
wizard template to create a Qt Quick application that is built using the
|
||||||
|
qmake build system and then copy the source files from the Qt UI Quick
|
||||||
|
project to the application project.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can use the \c RESOURCES option in the project configuration file to
|
||||||
|
automatically add all the QML files and related assets to a
|
||||||
|
\l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt resource collection file (.qrc)}. However,
|
||||||
|
large files should be included as external binary resources instead of
|
||||||
|
compiling them into the binary.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The wizard automatically adds the \c QML_IMPORT_PATH option to the project
|
||||||
|
file for specifying the required \l{QML Import Path}{QML import path}. The
|
||||||
|
path is only needed if more than one subdirectory has QML files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Then you can use the \l QQuickView class in the main C++ source file to
|
||||||
|
show the main QML file when the application starts.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
|
The \e {Qt Quick Designer Components} module is installed when you
|
||||||
|
install \QDS. If you use Qt Quick Studio Components or Effects
|
||||||
|
from the module in a project that you want to edit in Qt Creator,
|
||||||
|
you have to build the module and install it to your Qt to be able to
|
||||||
|
build your project. For more information, see
|
||||||
|
\l{Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The \l{Qt Quick Timeline} module is installed when you install \QDS.
|
||||||
|
If you only install Qt Creator and Qt, remember to also select the
|
||||||
|
Qt Quick Timeline module for installation. If your Qt is older than
|
||||||
|
5.14, you must build the Qt Quick Timeline module and install it to
|
||||||
|
your Qt to be able to build your project.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section1 Converting into qmake Projects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To convert a project that has a .qmlproject file to one that has a .pro
|
||||||
|
file:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\list 1
|
||||||
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol {New Project} >
|
||||||
|
\uicontrol {Application (Qt)} > \uicontrol {Qt Quick Application} >
|
||||||
|
\uicontrol Choose.
|
||||||
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Build system} field, select \l qmake as the build
|
||||||
|
system to use for building and running the project, and then select
|
||||||
|
\uicontrol Next (or \uicontrol Continue on \macos).
|
||||||
|
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the project.
|
||||||
|
\li In the file explorer, copy the source files from the Qt Quick UI
|
||||||
|
project directory to a subdirectory in the application
|
||||||
|
project directory. For the purpose of these instructions, the
|
||||||
|
directory is called \c qml.
|
||||||
|
\li Open the application project file, and edit the value of the
|
||||||
|
\c RESOURCES option to add the following line:
|
||||||
|
\badcode
|
||||||
|
RESOURCES += \
|
||||||
|
$$files(qml/*)
|
||||||
|
\endcode
|
||||||
|
\li Also edit the value of the \c QML_IMPORT_PATH option to specify the
|
||||||
|
QML import path:
|
||||||
|
\badcode
|
||||||
|
QML_IMPORT_PATH = qml/imports
|
||||||
|
\endcode
|
||||||
|
Where \c {qml/imports} is the import path.
|
||||||
|
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {Run qmake} to apply the
|
||||||
|
\c RESOURCES option to the build configuration.
|
||||||
|
\li Open the \e {main.cpp} file and replace the QQmlApplicationEngine
|
||||||
|
object with a QQuickView object:
|
||||||
|
\quotefromfile progressbar/main.cpp
|
||||||
|
\skipto QQuickView view;
|
||||||
|
\printuntil view.show()
|
||||||
|
Where \c {qrc:/qml/imports} is the import path and
|
||||||
|
\c {qrc:/qml/ProgressBar.ui.qml} is the path to and the
|
||||||
|
name of the main QML file in the Qt Quick UI project.
|
||||||
|
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol Run to build and run your
|
||||||
|
project.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\note If you get error messages related to modules, perfom the steps
|
||||||
|
described in \l{Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations}.
|
||||||
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you copy the source files of the \e ProgressBar
|
||||||
|
example from your \QDS installation (located in the
|
||||||
|
\c{\share\qtcreator\examples\ProgressBar} directory) to an empty
|
||||||
|
Qt Quick application project and make the necessary changes, the
|
||||||
|
\e {main.cpp} file should look as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\quotefile progressbar/main.cpp
|
||||||
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
|
If you only install Qt Creator and Qt, remember to also select the
|
||||||
|
Qt Quick Timeline module for installation.
|
||||||
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section1 Handling Large Data Files
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Graphical assets used in the UI, such as images, effects, or 3D scenes
|
||||||
|
are a typical cause for performance problems in UIs. Even building the
|
||||||
|
application requires huge amounts of memory if you try to include large
|
||||||
|
asset files, such as 100-MB 3D models or 64-MB textures, into the \c .qrc
|
||||||
|
file for compiling them into the binary.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
First try to optimize your assets, as described in
|
||||||
|
\l{Optimizing designs} and \l {Creating optimized 3D scenes}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Large assets should either be loaded directly from the file system or by
|
||||||
|
using the Qt resource system dynamically. For more information, see
|
||||||
|
\l{The Qt Resource System}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section1 Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Since \QDS 3.9, the Qt Quick Studio Components module is installed by default
|
||||||
|
as part of the application created with \QDS. You can also install the module manually.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example:
|
||||||
|
\list 1
|
||||||
|
\li Clone the module repository.
|
||||||
|
\badcode
|
||||||
|
git clone https://code.qt.io/qt-labs/qtquickdesigner-components.git
|
||||||
|
\endcode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\li Install the Qt Quick Designer Components module.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\badcode
|
||||||
|
mkdir build
|
||||||
|
cd build
|
||||||
|
cmake -GNinja -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=<path_to_qt_install_directory> <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components>
|
||||||
|
cmake --build .
|
||||||
|
cmake --install .
|
||||||
|
\endcode
|
||||||
|
\note Here, \e <path_to_qt_install_directory> and \e <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components>
|
||||||
|
needs to be replaced with the real location on your local drive. For example,
|
||||||
|
\e <path_to_qt_install_directory> can be something like \e /Qt/6.3.0/msvc2019_64
|
||||||
|
and \e <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components> like this \e ../qtquickdesigner-components/
|
||||||
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
|
\sa {Create Qt Quick UI Prototypes}
|
||||||
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! [converting-ui-projects-to-applications]
|
||||||
|
*/
|
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2021 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
|
||||||
\page quick-converting-ui-projects.html
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
|
||||||
\previouspage studio-porting-projects.html
|
|
||||||
\nextpage creator-editor-external.html
|
|
||||||
\else
|
|
||||||
\previouspage creator-reference.html
|
|
||||||
\endif
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Converting UI Projects to Applications
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Converting a project that has a .qmlproject file to one that has a
|
|
||||||
.pro file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Qt Quick UI Prototype projects are useful for creating user interfaces. To
|
|
||||||
use them for application development in Qt Creator you have to add:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
|
||||||
\li Project configuration file (CMakeLists.txt or .pro)
|
|
||||||
\li C++ code (.cpp)
|
|
||||||
\li Resource files
|
|
||||||
\li Code needed for deploying applications to \l{glossary-device}
|
|
||||||
{devices}
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about integrating QML and C++, see
|
|
||||||
\l{Overview - QML and C++ Integration}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note Since \QDS 2.3.0, \QDS project wizard templates generate projects that
|
|
||||||
can be built with CMake. You can open the \e CMakeLists.txt project file in
|
|
||||||
Qt Creator to continue developing the project. Also, you can use Qt Creator
|
|
||||||
to create a Qt Quick Application project that you can open in \QDS.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\target wizard-template-note
|
|
||||||
\note Since \QDS 3.9.0, \QDS project wizard templates generate projects that
|
|
||||||
automatically checkout and build the Qt Quick Studio Components from
|
|
||||||
\l{https://code.qt.io/cgit/qt-labs/qtquickdesigner-components.git/} {Qt Code Review},
|
|
||||||
using CMake. To turn off this feature, use the option \e BUILD_QDS_COMPONENTS
|
|
||||||
in the CMake configuration.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{Designer-Developer Workflow}.
|
|
||||||
\else
|
|
||||||
For more information about using \QDS to create projects, see
|
|
||||||
\l{Qt Design Studio Manual}.
|
|
||||||
\endif
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you want to use qmake as the build system, you can use a Qt Creator
|
|
||||||
wizard template to create a Qt Quick application that is built using the
|
|
||||||
qmake build system and then copy the source files from the Qt UI Quick
|
|
||||||
project to the application project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the \c RESOURCES option in the project configuration file to
|
|
||||||
automatically add all the QML files and related assets to a
|
|
||||||
\l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt resource collection file (.qrc)}. However,
|
|
||||||
large files should be included as external binary resources instead of
|
|
||||||
compiling them into the binary.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The wizard automatically adds the \c QML_IMPORT_PATH option to the project
|
|
||||||
file for specifying the required \l{QML Import Path}{QML import path}. The
|
|
||||||
path is only needed if more than one subdirectory has QML files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Then you can use the \l QQuickView class in the main C++ source file to
|
|
||||||
show the main QML file when the application starts.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Qt Quick Designer Components} module is installed when you
|
|
||||||
install \QDS. If you use Qt Quick Studio Components or Effects
|
|
||||||
from the module in a project that you want to edit in Qt Creator,
|
|
||||||
you have to build the module and install it to your Qt to be able to
|
|
||||||
build your project. For more information, see
|
|
||||||
\l{Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \l{Qt Quick Timeline} module is installed when you install \QDS.
|
|
||||||
If you only install Qt Creator and Qt, remember to also select the
|
|
||||||
Qt Quick Timeline module for installation. If your Qt is older than
|
|
||||||
5.14, you must build the Qt Quick Timeline module and install it to
|
|
||||||
your Qt to be able to build your project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Converting into qmake Projects
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To convert a project that has a .qmlproject file to one that has a .pro
|
|
||||||
file:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol {New Project} >
|
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Application (Qt)} > \uicontrol {Qt Quick Application} >
|
|
||||||
\uicontrol Choose.
|
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Build system} field, select \l qmake as the build
|
|
||||||
system to use for building and running the project, and then select
|
|
||||||
\uicontrol Next (or \uicontrol Continue on \macos).
|
|
||||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the project.
|
|
||||||
\li In the file explorer, copy the source files from the Qt Quick UI
|
|
||||||
project directory to a subdirectory in the application
|
|
||||||
project directory. For the purpose of these instructions, the
|
|
||||||
directory is called \c qml.
|
|
||||||
\li Open the application project file, and edit the value of the
|
|
||||||
\c RESOURCES option to add the following line:
|
|
||||||
\badcode
|
|
||||||
RESOURCES += \
|
|
||||||
$$files(qml/*)
|
|
||||||
\endcode
|
|
||||||
\li Also edit the value of the \c QML_IMPORT_PATH option to specify the
|
|
||||||
QML import path:
|
|
||||||
\badcode
|
|
||||||
QML_IMPORT_PATH = qml/imports
|
|
||||||
\endcode
|
|
||||||
Where \c {qml/imports} is the import path.
|
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {Run qmake} to apply the
|
|
||||||
\c RESOURCES option to the build configuration.
|
|
||||||
\li Open the \e {main.cpp} file and replace the QQmlApplicationEngine
|
|
||||||
object with a QQuickView object:
|
|
||||||
\quotefromfile progressbar/main.cpp
|
|
||||||
\skipto QQuickView view;
|
|
||||||
\printuntil view.show()
|
|
||||||
Where \c {qrc:/qml/imports} is the import path and
|
|
||||||
\c {qrc:/qml/ProgressBar.ui.qml} is the path to and the
|
|
||||||
name of the main QML file in the Qt Quick UI project.
|
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol Run to build and run your
|
|
||||||
project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note If you get error messages related to modules, perfom the steps
|
|
||||||
described in \l{Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations}.
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, if you copy the source files of the \e ProgressBar
|
|
||||||
example from your \QDS installation (located in the
|
|
||||||
\c{\share\qtcreator\examples\ProgressBar} directory) to an empty
|
|
||||||
Qt Quick application project and make the necessary changes, the
|
|
||||||
\e {main.cpp} file should look as follows:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\quotefile progressbar/main.cpp
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Handling Large Data Files
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Graphical assets used in the UI, such as images, effects, or 3D scenes
|
|
||||||
are a typical cause for performance problems in UIs. Even building the
|
|
||||||
application requires huge amounts of memory if you try to include large
|
|
||||||
asset files, such as 100-MB 3D models or 64-MB textures, into the \c .qrc
|
|
||||||
file for compiling them into the binary.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First try to optimize your assets, as described in \l{Optimizing Designs}
|
|
||||||
and \l {Creating Optimized 3D Scenes}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you really need large assets, they should either be loaded directly from
|
|
||||||
the file system or use the Qt resource system in the dynamic way. For more
|
|
||||||
information, see \l{The Qt Resource System} in the Qt documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Custom Fonts
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
|
||||||
To \l{Using Custom Fonts}{use custom fonts}
|
|
||||||
\else
|
|
||||||
To use custom fonts
|
|
||||||
\endif
|
|
||||||
from the Qt Quick UI project, call the QFontDatabase::addApplicationFont()
|
|
||||||
function from the \e {main.cpp} file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Qt Quick Designer Components to Qt Installations
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Since \QDS 3.9, the Qt Quick Studio Components module is installed by default
|
|
||||||
as part of the application. You can also install the module manually.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example:
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
|
||||||
\li Clone the module repository.
|
|
||||||
\badcode
|
|
||||||
git clone https://code.qt.io/qt-labs/qtquickdesigner-components.git
|
|
||||||
\endcode
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Install the Qt Quick Designer Components module.
|
|
||||||
Enter the following commands:
|
|
||||||
\badcode
|
|
||||||
mkdir build
|
|
||||||
cd build
|
|
||||||
cmake -GNinja -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=<path_to_qt_install_directory> <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components>
|
|
||||||
cmake --build .
|
|
||||||
cmake --install .
|
|
||||||
\endcode
|
|
||||||
\note Here, \e <path_to_qt_install_directory> and \e <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components>
|
|
||||||
needs to be replaced with the real location on your local drive. For example,
|
|
||||||
\e <path_to_qt_install_directory> can be something like \e /Qt/6.3.0/msvc2019_64
|
|
||||||
and \e <path_to_qtquickdesigner-components> like this \e ../qtquickdesigner-components/
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
|
||||||
\sa {Create Qt Quick UI Prototypes}
|
|
||||||
\endif
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
|||||||
\previouspage studio-live-preview-desktop.html
|
\previouspage studio-live-preview-desktop.html
|
||||||
\nextpage qt-design-viewer.html
|
\nextpage qt-design-viewer.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Previewing on Devices
|
\title Previewing on devices
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\else
|
\else
|
||||||
\previouspage creator-how-tos.html
|
\previouspage creator-how-tos.html
|
||||||
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image design-studio-select-kit.webp
|
\image design-studio-select-kit.webp
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {QML Preview} or
|
\li Select \uicontrol Build > \uicontrol {QML Preview} or
|
||||||
press \key {Alt+P}.
|
select \key {Alt+P}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 On Android
|
\section2 On Android
|
||||||
|
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Using QML Modules with Plugins
|
\title Using QML modules with plugins
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Using C++ plugins to expose custom components to Qt Quick
|
\brief Using C++ plugins to expose custom components to Qt Quick
|
||||||
applications.
|
applications.
|
||||||
@@ -129,16 +129,16 @@
|
|||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
\section1 Running QML Modules in Design Mode
|
\section1 Running QML Modules in Design Mode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A QML emulation layer (also called QML Puppet) is used in the
|
The QML Puppet is used in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Design mode to render and preview images and to collect
|
\uicontrol Design mode to render and preview images and to collect
|
||||||
data. To be able to render custom components correctly from QML modules,
|
data. To be able to render custom components correctly from QML modules,
|
||||||
the emulation layer must be built with the same Qt version and compiler
|
the QML Puppet must be built with the same Qt version and compiler
|
||||||
as the QML modules.
|
as the QML modules.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\include qtdesignstudio-qt-runtime-version.qdocinc qt-runtime-version
|
\include qtdesignstudio-qt-runtime-version.qdocinc qt-runtime-version
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A plugin should behave differently depending on whether it is run by the
|
A plugin should behave differently depending on whether it is run by the
|
||||||
emulation layer or an application. For example, animations should not be run
|
QML Puppet or an application. For example, animations should not be run
|
||||||
in the \uicontrol Design mode. You can use the value of the \c QML_PUPPET_MODE
|
in the \uicontrol Design mode. You can use the value of the \c QML_PUPPET_MODE
|
||||||
environment variable to check whether the plugin is currently being run
|
environment variable to check whether the plugin is currently being run
|
||||||
by an application or edited in the \uicontrol Design mode.
|
by an application or edited in the \uicontrol Design mode.
|
||||||
|
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-analyzer
|
\ingroup creator-reference-analyzer
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Profiling QML Applications
|
\title Profiling QML applications
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Improve the performance of QML applications.
|
\brief Improve the performance of QML applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
\ingroup creator-reference-ui-design
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title UI Files
|
\title UI files
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Limitations of \QDS UI files (.ui.qml).
|
\brief Limitations of \QDS UI files (.ui.qml).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||||||
\l{https://doc.qt.io/qt/qml-qtqml-qt.html}{Qt QML Methods}.
|
\l{https://doc.qt.io/qt/qml-qtqml-qt.html}{Qt QML Methods}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
\section1 Using UI Files
|
\section1 Using UI files
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can edit the UI files in the \l {2D} and
|
You can edit the UI files in the \l {2D} and
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Code} views. Components that are
|
\uicontrol {Code} views. Components that are
|
||||||
|
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
|
|||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To maximize an open output view, select the \inlineimage icons/arrowup.png
|
To maximize an open output view, select the \inlineimage icons/arrowup.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol Maximize) button or press \key {Alt+Shift+9}.
|
(\uicontrol Maximize) button or select \key {Alt+Shift+9}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To increase or decrease the output text size, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
To increase or decrease the output text size, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Zoom In}) or \inlineimage icons/minus.png
|
(\uicontrol {Zoom In}) or \inlineimage icons/minus.png
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Zoom Out}), or press \key Ctrl++ or \key Ctrl+-. Zooming is
|
(\uicontrol {Zoom Out}), or select \key Ctrl++ or \key Ctrl+-. Zooming is
|
||||||
not supported in all output views.
|
not supported in all output views.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Change text encoding
|
\section1 Change text encoding
|
||||||
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Find and filter output
|
\section1 Find and filter output
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To search in output, press \key {Ctrl+F} when the view is active. Enter
|
To search in output, select \key {Ctrl+F} when the view is active. Enter
|
||||||
search criteria in the \uicontrol Find field. For more information, see
|
search criteria in the \uicontrol Find field. For more information, see
|
||||||
\l{Search in current file}.
|
\l{Search in current file}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image qtcreator-without-menubar.webp {Qt Creator without the main menu}
|
\image qtcreator-without-menubar.webp {Qt Creator without the main menu}
|
||||||
\caption \QC without the main menu bar.
|
\caption \QC without the main menu bar.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To show the main menu again, press \key {Ctrl+Alt+M}.
|
To show the main menu again, select \key {Ctrl+Alt+M}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\sa {Show and hide sidebars},{Switch between modes}
|
\sa {Show and hide sidebars},{Switch between modes}
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li \uicontrol Welcome
|
\li \uicontrol Welcome
|
||||||
\li \key Ctrl+1
|
\li \key Ctrl+1
|
||||||
\li Open projects, tutorials, and examples.
|
\li Open projects, tutorials, and examples.
|
||||||
\li \l{User Interface}
|
\li \l{User interface}
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Edit
|
\li \uicontrol Edit
|
||||||
\li \key Ctrl+2
|
\li \key Ctrl+2
|
||||||
|
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Right-click a class in the code editor.
|
\li Right-click a class in the code editor.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Open Type Hierarchy} or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+T}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Open Type Hierarchy} or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+T}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-type-hierarchy-view.png {Type Hierarchy view}
|
\image qtcreator-type-hierarchy-view.png {Type Hierarchy view}
|
||||||
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Right-click a file in the editor.
|
\li Right-click a file in the editor.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Open Include Hierarchy}
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Open Include Hierarchy}
|
||||||
or press \key {Ctrl+Shift+I}.
|
or select \key {Ctrl+Shift+I}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-include-hierarchy-view.png {Include Hierarchy view}
|
\image qtcreator-include-hierarchy-view.png {Include Hierarchy view}
|
||||||
|
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To select a word in a terminal, double-click it. To select the whole line,
|
\li To select a word in a terminal, double-click it. To select the whole line,
|
||||||
triple-click it. To select all text, select \uicontrol {Select All}
|
triple-click it. To select all text, select \uicontrol {Select All}
|
||||||
in the context menu or press \key {Ctrl+A}.
|
in the context menu or select \key {Ctrl+A}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To open links in a browser, files in the editor, or folders in the
|
\li To open links in a browser, files in the editor, or folders in the
|
||||||
\l Projects view, hover the mouse over them, and press \key Ctrl.
|
\l Projects view, hover the mouse over them, and select \key Ctrl.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li To \l{Search in current file}{search} through the output, press
|
\li To \l{Search in current file}{search} through the output, press
|
||||||
\key {Ctrl+F}.
|
\key {Ctrl+F}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
|
|||||||
To jump from one issue to the next or previous
|
To jump from one issue to the next or previous
|
||||||
one, select \inlineimage icons/arrowup.png
|
one, select \inlineimage icons/arrowup.png
|
||||||
and \inlineimage icons/arrowdown.png
|
and \inlineimage icons/arrowdown.png
|
||||||
or press \key F6 and \key Shift+F6.
|
or select \key F6 and \key Shift+F6.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, a new build clears the \uicontrol Issues view. To keep
|
By default, a new build clears the \uicontrol Issues view. To keep
|
||||||
the issues from the previous build rounds, deselect \preferences >
|
the issues from the previous build rounds, deselect \preferences >
|
||||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
|||||||
\nextpage creator-configuring.html
|
\nextpage creator-configuring.html
|
||||||
\endif
|
\endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title User Interface
|
\title User interface
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
\if defined(qtcreator)
|
||||||
When you start \QC, it opens to the \uicontrol Welcome mode.
|
When you start \QC, it opens to the \uicontrol Welcome mode.
|
||||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
|||||||
\page creator-vcs-git.html
|
\page creator-vcs-git.html
|
||||||
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
\if defined(qtdesignstudio)
|
||||||
\previouspage studio-finding-the-qt-runtime-version.html
|
\previouspage studio-finding-the-qt-runtime-version.html
|
||||||
\nextpage studio-porting-projects.html
|
\nextpage creator-editor-external.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Using Git
|
\title Using Git
|
||||||
\else
|
\else
|
||||||
|
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-textfinder-objectname.png {Changing object names}
|
\image qtcreator-textfinder-objectname.png {Changing object names}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+A} (or \key {Cmd+A}) to select the widgets and
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+A} (or \key {Cmd+A}) to select the widgets and
|
||||||
select \uicontrol{Lay out Horizontally} (or press \key {Ctrl+H} on Linux or
|
select \uicontrol{Lay out Horizontally} (or select \key {Ctrl+H} on Linux or
|
||||||
Windows or \key {Ctrl+Shift+H} on \macos) to apply a horizontal
|
Windows or \key {Ctrl+Shift+H} on \macos) to apply a horizontal
|
||||||
layout (QHBoxLayout).
|
layout (QHBoxLayout).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Drag a \uicontrol{Text Edit} widget (QTextEdit) to the form.
|
\li Drag a \uicontrol{Text Edit} widget (QTextEdit) to the form.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select the screen area, and then select \uicontrol{Lay out Vertically}
|
\li Select the screen area, and then select \uicontrol{Lay out Vertically}
|
||||||
(or press \key {Ctrl+L}) to apply a vertical layout (QVBoxLayout).
|
(or select \key {Ctrl+L}) to apply a vertical layout (QVBoxLayout).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png {Text Finder UI}
|
\image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png {Text Finder UI}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+S} (or \key {Cmd+S}) to save your changes.
|
\li Select \key {Ctrl+S} (or \key {Cmd+S}) to save your changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
|
|||||||
\section1 Code Editor Integration
|
\section1 Code Editor Integration
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To switch between forms (\uicontrol Design mode) and code (\uicontrol Edit mode),
|
To switch between forms (\uicontrol Design mode) and code (\uicontrol Edit mode),
|
||||||
press \key Shift+F4.
|
select \key Shift+F4.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use \QC to create stub implementations of slot functions. In the
|
You can use \QC to create stub implementations of slot functions. In the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Design mode, right-click a widget to open a context menu, and then
|
\uicontrol Design mode, right-click a widget to open a context menu, and then
|
||||||
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To open resource files from the code editor, select
|
To open resource files from the code editor, select
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Follow Symbol Under Cursor} in the context menu
|
\uicontrol {Follow Symbol Under Cursor} in the context menu
|
||||||
or press \key F2 when the cursor is over a string literal.
|
or select \key F2 when the cursor is over a string literal.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Specifying Settings for \QD
|
\section1 Specifying Settings for \QD
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
|
|||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview the settings, select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol{Form Editor} >
|
To preview the settings, select \uicontrol Tools > \uicontrol{Form Editor} >
|
||||||
\uicontrol Preview, or press \key Alt+Shift+R.
|
\uicontrol Preview, or select \key Alt+Shift+R.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Previewing Forms Using Device Profiles
|
\section1 Previewing Forms Using Device Profiles
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
278
doc/qtdesignstudio/config/qtdesignstudio-icon-macros.qdocconf
Normal file
278
doc/qtdesignstudio/config/qtdesignstudio-icon-macros.qdocconf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
|
|||||||
|
macro.image3dbackgroundcolor = "\\inlineimage icons/3d-background-color.png {the Background color button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageactionicon = "\\inlineimage icons/action-icon.png {the Action button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageactioniconbinding = "\\inlineimage icons/action-icon-binding.png {the Binding button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageaddfile16px = "\\inlineimage icons/add-file-16px.png {the Add a file button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageaddmaterial = "\\inlineimage icons/add_material.png {the Add a material button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageaddtexture = "\\inlineimage icons/add_texture.png {the Add a texture button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageailogo = "\\inlineimage ai-logo.png {the Adobe Illustrator logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealias = "\\inlineimage icons/alias.png {the Alias button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealignbottom = "\\inlineimage icons/align-bottom.png {the Align bottom edges button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealigncameraon = "\\inlineimage icons/align-camera-on.png {the Align view to camera button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealigncenterhorizontal = "\\inlineimage icons/align-center-horizontal.png {the Align horizontal centers button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealigncentervertical = "\\inlineimage icons/align-center-vertical.png {the Align vertical centers button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealignleft = "\\inlineimage icons/align-left.png {the Align left edges button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealignright = "\\inlineimage icons/align-right.png {the Align right edges button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealigntop = "\\inlineimage icons/align-top.png {the Align top edges button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagealignviewon = "\\inlineimage icons/align-view-on.png {the Align cameras to view button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorbottom = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png {the Anchor component to the bottom button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorcenterhorizontal = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png {the Anchor component horizontally button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorcentervertical = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-vertical.png {the Anchor component vertically button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorfill = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-fill.png {the Fill parent component button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorleft = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-left.png {the Anchor component to the left button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchorrigh = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-right.png {the Anchor component to the right button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanchortop = "\\inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png {the Anchor component to the top button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanimatedimageicon16 = "\\inlineimage animated-image-icon16.png {the Animated Image component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageanimation = "\\inlineimage icons/animation.png {the Animation button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageannotation = "\\inlineimage icons/annotation.png {the Annotation button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageapply = "\\inlineimage icons/apply.png {the Apply button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagearea = "\\inlineimage icons/area.png {the Area Light component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagearrowleft = "\\inlineimage icons/arrowleft.png {the Arrow left button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagearrowright = "\\inlineimage icons/arrowright.png {the Arrow right button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageassign = "\\inlineimage icons/assign.png {the Assign button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageassigneffectcomposer = "\\inlineimage icons/assign-effect-composer.png {the Assign current composition to selected item button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageattractor16px = "\\inlineimage icons/attractor-16px.png {the Attractor button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebackoneframe = "\\inlineimage icons/back_one_frame.png {the Previous frame button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebakelights = "\\inlineimage icons/bakelights.png {the Bake Lights button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageblenderlogo = "\\inlineimage blender-logo.png {the Blender logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageblendmode16px = "\\inlineimage icons/blend-mode-16px.png {the Blend mode button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageborderimageicon16 = "\\inlineimage border-image-icon16.png {the Border Image component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageboundingrect = "\\inlineimage icons/boundingrect.png {the Bound button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebrightnesscontrast16px = "\\inlineimage icons/brightness-contrast-16px.png {the Brightness Contrast component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebrowsebutton = "\\inlineimage icons/browse-button.png {the Browse button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebuild32x32 = "\\inlineimage icons/build-32x32.png {the Build icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebusyindicatoricon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/busyindicator-icon16.png {the Busy Indicator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagebuttonicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/button-icon16.png {the Button component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecameraspeed = "\\inlineimage icons/camera_speed.png {the Camera speed button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecanvascolor = "\\inlineimage icons/canvas-color.png {the Canvas color button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecheckboxicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/checkbox-icon16.png {the Checkbox component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageclearview = "\\inlineimage icons/clear-view.png {the Clear View button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageclose = "\\inlineimage icons/close.png {the Close button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecolourize16px = "\\inlineimage icons/colourize-16px.png {the Colourize button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecolumnpositionericon16px = "\\inlineimage column-positioner-icon-16px.png {the Column Positioner button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecomboboxicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/combobox-icon16.png {the Combo box component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecopyformatting = "\\inlineimage icons/copy-formatting.png {the Copy Formatting button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecreatecomponent = "\\inlineimage icons/create_component.png {the Create Component button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecurveeditor = "\\inlineimage icons/curve_editor.png {the Curve editor button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecustomborder16px = "\\inlineimage icons/custom-border-16px.png {the Border component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagecustomrectangle16px = "\\inlineimage icons/custom-rectangle-16px.png {the Rectangle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedelaybuttonicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/delaybutton-icon16.png {the Delay button component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedemo32x32 = "\\inlineimage icons/demo-32x32.png {the Demo icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedesaturation16px = "\\inlineimage icons/desaturation-16px.png {the Desaturation component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedetachgroupicon = "\\inlineimage icons/detach-group-icon.png {the Detach Group button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedialicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/dial-icon16.png {the Dial component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedirectional = "\\inlineimage icons/directional.png {the Directional light component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedirectionalblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/directional-blur-16px.png {the Directional blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedisplace16px = "\\inlineimage icons/displace-16px.png {the Displace component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributebottom = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-bottom.png {the Distribute bottom button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributecenterhorizontal = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-center-horizontal.png {the Distribute horizontal center button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributecentervertical = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-center-vertical.png {the Distribute vertical center button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeleft = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-left.png {the Distribute left button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeoriginbottomright = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-origin-bottom-right.png {the Distribute origin bottom right button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeorigincenter = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-origin-center.png {the Distribute origin center button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeoriginnone = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-origin-none.png {the Distribute origin none button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeorigintopleft = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-origin-top-left.png {the Distribute origin top left button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributeright = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-right.png {the Distribute right button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributespacinghorizontal = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-spacing-horizontal.png {the Distribute spacing horizontal button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributespacingvertical = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-spacing-vertical.png {the Distribute spacing vertical button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedistributetop = "\\inlineimage icons/distribute-top.png {the Distribute top button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedragmarkseffectcomposer = "\\inlineimage icons/dragmarks-effect-composer.png {Dragmarks}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagedropshadow16px = "\\inlineimage icons/drop-shadow-16px.png {the Drop shadow component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeasingcurvelinearicon = "\\inlineimage icons/easing-curve-linear-icon.png {the Linear easing curve button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeasingcurvespline = "\\inlineimage icons/easing-curve-spline.png {the Spline easing curve button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeasingcurvestepicon = "\\inlineimage icons/easing-curve-step-icon.png {the Step easing curve button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeasingcurveunify = "\\inlineimage icons/easing-curve-unify.png {the Unify easing curve button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageedit = "\\inlineimage icons/edit.png {the Edit button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeditcomponent = "\\inlineimage icons/edit_component.png {the Edit component button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeditlightoff = "\\inlineimage icons/edit_light_off.png {the Edit light off button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeditlighton = "\\inlineimage icons/edit_light_on.png {the Edit light on button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageemitburst16px = "\\inlineimage icons/emit-burst-16px.png {the Emit burst component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageemitter16px = "\\inlineimage icons/emitter-16px.png {the Emitter component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageerror = "\\inlineimage icons/error.png {the Error button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageexamples32x32 = "\\inlineimage icons/examples-32x32.png {the Examples icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageexport = "\\inlineimage icons/export.png {the Export component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageexportjsontranslations = "\\inlineimage icons/export-json-translations.png {the Export JSON translations button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageexporttranslations = "\\inlineimage icons/export-translations.png {the Export translations button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageexportunchecked = "\\inlineimage icons/export_unchecked.png {the Export unchecked button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageeyeopen = "\\inlineimage icons/eye_open.png {the Eye button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefastblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/fast-blur-16px.png {the Fast blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefigmabindingreset = "\\inlineimage figma-binding-reset.png {the Figma binding reset button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefigmalogo = "\\inlineimage figma-logo.png {the Figma logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefiltericon = "\\inlineimage icons/filtericon.png {the Filter Tree button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefitselected = "\\inlineimage icons/fit_selected.png {the Fit Selected button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageflickableicon16 = "\\inlineimage flickable-icon16.png {the Flickable component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageflowactionicon = "\\inlineimage icons/flow-action-icon.png {the Flow Action component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageflowdecisionicon = "\\inlineimage icons/flow-decision-icon.png {the Flow decision component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageflowpositionericon16px = "\\inlineimage flow-positioner-icon-16px.png {the Flow Positioner button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageflowwildcardicon = "\\inlineimage icons/flow-wildcard-icon.png {the Flow Wildcard component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagefocusscopeicon16 = "\\inlineimage focusscope-icon16.png {the Focus Scope component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageforwardoneframe = "\\inlineimage icons/forward_one_frame.png {the Next frame button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageframeicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/frame-icon16.png {the Frame component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegammaadjust16px = "\\inlineimage icons/gamma-adjust-16px.png {the Gamma adjust component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegaussianblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/gaussian-blur-16px.png {the Gaussian blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegeneratetranslationfiles = "\\inlineimage icons/generate-translation-files.png {the Generate translation files button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegettingstarted = "\\inlineimage icons/getting-started.png {the Getting Started icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageglobal = "\\inlineimage icons/global.png {the Global orientation button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageglobalrecordkeyframes = "\\inlineimage icons/global_record_keyframes.png {the Record global keyframes button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageglow16px = "\\inlineimage icons/glow-16px.png {the Glow component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegravity16px = "\\inlineimage icons/gravity-16px.png {the Gravity component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegridpositionericon16px = "\\inlineimage grid-positioner-icon-16px.png {the Grid Positioner button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegridviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage gridview-icon16.png {the Grid View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegroup16px = "\\inlineimage icons/group-16px.png {the Group component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagegroupboxicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/groupbox-icon16.png {the Group box component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagehome = "\\inlineimage icons/home.png {the Home button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagehuesaturation16px = "\\inlineimage icons/hue-saturation-16px.png {the Hue saturation component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageimageicon16 = "\\inlineimage image-icon16.png {the Image component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageimport = "\\inlineimage icons/import.png {the Import button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageimportjsontranslations = "\\inlineimage icons/import-json-translations.png {the Import JSON translations button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageinnershadow16px = "\\inlineimage icons/inner-shadow-16px.png {the Inner shadow component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageinstallation = "\\inlineimage icons/installation.png {the Installation icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageisoicons16px = "\\inlineimage icons/iso-icons-16px.png {the ISO Icon component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemarc16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-arc-16px.png {the Arc component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemdelegateicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/itemdelegate-icon16.png {the Item delegate component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemellipse16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-ellipse-16px.png {the Ellipse component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemflippable16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-flippable-16px.png {the Flipable component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitempie16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-pie-16px.png {the Pie component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitempolygon16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-polygon-16px.png {the Polygon component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemsvg16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-svg-16px.png {the SVG path item component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageitemtriangle16px = "\\inlineimage icons/item-triangle-16px.png {the Triangle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagejumptocode16px = "\\inlineimage icons/jump-to-code-16px.png {the Jump to code button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagekeyframe = "\\inlineimage icons/keyframe.png {the Keyframe marker}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagekeyframeautobezieractive = "\\inlineimage icons/keyframe_autobezier_active.png {the Autobezier keyframe marker}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagekeyframelinearactive = "\\inlineimage icons/keyframe_linear_active.png {the Linear keyframe marker}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagekeyframelineartobezieractive = "\\inlineimage icons/keyframe_lineartobezier_active.png {the Linear to bezier keyframe marker}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagekeyframemanualbezieractive = "\\inlineimage icons/keyframe_manualbezier_active.png {the Manual bezier keyframe marker}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelabelicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/label-icon16.png {the Label component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcandoperator16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-and-operator-16px.png {the And component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcbidirectionalbinding16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-bidirectional-binding-16px.png {the Bi Direct. Binding component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcminmax16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-min-max-16px.png {the Min Max Mapper component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcnotoperator16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-not-operator-16px.png {the Not operator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcoroperator16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-or-operator-16px.png {the Or operator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcrangemapper16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-range-mapper-16px.png {the Range Mapper component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelcstringmapper16px = "\\inlineimage icons/lc-string-mapper-16px.png {the String Mapper component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelevels16px = "\\inlineimage icons/levels-16px.png {the Level Adjust component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelineparticles16px = "\\inlineimage icons/line-particles-16px.png {the Line Particle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelistviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage listview-icon16.png {the List View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelivepreview = "\\inlineimage icons/live_preview.png {the Live Preview button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelocalrecordkeyframes = "\\inlineimage icons/local_record_keyframes.png {the Record local keyframes button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelockoff = "\\inlineimage icons/lockoff.png {the Lock off button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagelockon = "\\inlineimage icons/lockon.png {the Lock on button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemaskblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/mask-blur-16px.png {the Masked blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemayalogo = "\\inlineimage maya-logo.png {the Maya logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageminus = "\\inlineimage icons/minus.png {the Minus button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemodelblendparticle16px = "\\inlineimage icons/model-blend-particle-16px.png {the Model Blend Particle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemodelparticle16px = "\\inlineimage icons/model-particle-16px.png {the Model Particle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemodelshape16px = "\\inlineimage icons/model-shape-16px.png {the Model Shape component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemorebutton = "\\inlineimage icons/more-button.png {the More button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemouseareaicon16 = "\\inlineimage mouse-area-icon16.png {the Mouse Area component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagemoveoff = "\\inlineimage icons/move_off.png {the Move button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagenavigatorarrowdown = "\\inlineimage icons/navigator-arrowdown.png {the Arrow down button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagenavigatorarrowup = "\\inlineimage icons/navigator-arrowup.png {the Arrow up button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagenext = "\\inlineimage icons/next.png {the Next button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagenextkeyframe = "\\inlineimage icons/next_keyframe.png {the Next Keyframe button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagenosnapping = "\\inlineimage icons/no_snapping.png {the No Snapping button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageopacitymask16px = "\\inlineimage icons/opacity-mask-16px.png {the Opacity Mask component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageorthographiccamera = "\\inlineimage icons/orthographic_camera.png {the Orthographic camera button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageoutput = "\\inlineimage icons/output.png {the Output button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepageicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/page-icon16.png {the Page component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepageindicatoricon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/pageindicator-icon16.png {the Page Indicator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepaneicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/pane-icon16.png {the Pane component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticleanimationoff = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-animation-off.png {the Particle animation off button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticleanimationon = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-animation-on.png {the Particle animation on button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticlepause = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-pause.png {the Pause button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticleplay = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-play.png {the Play button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticlerestart = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-restart.png {the Restart button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticleshape16px = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-shape-16px.png {the Particle Shape component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticlesseek = "\\inlineimage icons/particles-seek.png {the Particle Seek slider}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageparticlesystem16px = "\\inlineimage icons/particle-system-16px.png {the Particle System component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepasteformatting = "\\inlineimage icons/paste-formatting.png {the Paste Formatting button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepathviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage pathview-icon16.png {the Path View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepathviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage pathview-icon16.png {the Path View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepathviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage pathview-icon16.png {the Path View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepauseicon = "\\inlineimage icons/pause-icon.png {the Pause button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageperspectivecamera = "\\inlineimage icons/perspective_camera.png {the Perspective camera button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepin = "\\inlineimage icons/pin.png {the Pin button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageplus = "\\inlineimage icons/plus.png {the Plus button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepoint = "\\inlineimage icons/point.png {the Point Light component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepointrotator16px = "\\inlineimage icons/point-rotator-16px.png {the Point Rotator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageprev = "\\inlineimage icons/prev.png {the Previous button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepreviouskeyframe = "\\inlineimage icons/previous_keyframe.png {the Previous Keyframe button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageprogressbaricon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/progressbar-icon16.png {the Progress Bar component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageprojecttranslationtest = "\\inlineimage icons/project-translation-test.png {the Project Translation Test button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagepslogo = "\\inlineimage ps-logo.png {the PS logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqmldesigneronlyselectitemswithcontent = "\\inlineimage icons/qmldesigner-only-select-items-with-content.png {the Select Items with Content button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqmltranslationtest = "\\inlineimage icons/qml-translation-test.png {the QML Translation Test button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqt3dslogo = "\\inlineimage qt-3ds-logo.png {the Qt 3DS logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqtcreatoranchorsreseticon = "\\inlineimage icons/qtcreator-anchors-reset-icon.png {the Reset Anchors button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqtcreatorresetpositionicon = "\\inlineimage icons/qtcreator-reset-position-icon.png {the Reset position button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageqtcreatorresetsizeicon = "\\inlineimage icons/qtcreator-reset-size-icon.png {the Reset size button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageradialblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/radial-blur-16px.png {the Radial Blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageradiobuttonicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/radiobutton-icon16.png {the Radio Button component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerangeslidericon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/rangeslider-icon16.png {the Range Slider component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerecordfill = "\\inlineimage icons/recordfill.png {the Record Fill button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerecticon16 = "\\inlineimage rect-icon16.png {the Rectangle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerecursiveblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/recursive-blur-16px.png {the Recursive Blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerepeller16px = "\\inlineimage icons/repeller-16px.png {the Repeller component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagereset = "\\inlineimage icons/reset.png {the Reset button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagereverseorder = "\\inlineimage icons/reverse_order.png {the Reverse Order button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerotateoff = "\\inlineimage icons/rotate_off.png {the Rotate button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerotationcursor = "\\inlineimage icons/rotation-cursor.png {the rotation cursor}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageroundbuttonicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/roundbutton-icon16.png {the Round Button component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerowpositionericon16px = "\\inlineimage row-positioner-icon-16px.png {the Row Positioner button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerunproject = "\\inlineimage icons/run_project.png {the Run Project button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagerunsmall = "\\inlineimage icons/run_small.png {the Run button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesaveaseffectcomposer = "\\inlineimage icons/save-as-effect-composer.png {the Save effect as button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesaveeffectcomposer = "\\inlineimage icons/save-effect-composer.png {the Save effect button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagescaleaffector16px = "\\inlineimage icons/scale-affector-16px.png {the Scale Affector component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagescaleoff = "\\inlineimage icons/scale_off.png {the Scale button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagescrollviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/scrollview-icon16.png {the Scroll View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageselectgroup = "\\inlineimage icons/select_group.png {the Select Group button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageselectitem = "\\inlineimage icons/select_item.png {the Select Item button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageselectlanguages = "\\inlineimage icons/select-languages.png {the Select languages button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesettings = "\\inlineimage icons/settings.png {the Settings button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesketchlogo = "\\inlineimage sketch-logo.png {the Sketch logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageslidericon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/slider-icon16.png {the Slider component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesnapping = "\\inlineimage icons/snapping.png {the Snapping button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesnapping3d = "\\inlineimage icons/snapping-3d.png {the 3D Snapping button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesnapping3dconf = "\\inlineimage icons/snapping-3d-conf.png {the 3D Snap Configuration button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesnappingandanchoring = "\\inlineimage icons/snapping_and_anchoring.png {the Snapping and Anchoring button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagespinboxicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/spinbox-icon16.png {the Spin Box component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagesplitview = "\\inlineimage icons/split-view.png {the Split View button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagespot = "\\inlineimage icons/spot.png {the Spot Light component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagespriteparticle16px = "\\inlineimage icons/sprite-particle-16px.png {the Sprite Particle component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagespritesequence16px = "\\inlineimage icons/sprite-sequence-16px.png {the Sprite Sequence component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagestackviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/stackview-icon16.png {the Stack View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagestartplayback = "\\inlineimage icons/start_playback.png {the Start Playback button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagestudiocleareffectstack = "\\inlineimage icons/studio-clear-effect-stack.png {the Clear the Effect Stack button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageswipeviewicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/swipeview-icon16.png {the Swipe View component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageswitchicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/switch-icon16.png {the Switch component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetargetdirection16px = "\\inlineimage icons/target-direction-16px.png {the Target Direction component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetextareaicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/textarea-icon16.png {the Text Area component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetextediticon16 = "\\inlineimage text-edit-icon16.png {the Text Edit component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetextfieldicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/textfield-icon16.png {the Text Field component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetexticon16 = "\\inlineimage text-icon16.png {the Text component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetextinputicon16 = "\\inlineimage text-input-icon16.png {the Text Input component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagethreshold16px = "\\inlineimage icons/threshold-16px.png {the Threshold Mask component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetofirstframe = "\\inlineimage icons/to_first_frame.png {the First frame button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetolastframe = "\\inlineimage icons/to_last_frame.png {the Last frame button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetoolbaricon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/toolbar-icon16.png {the Tool Bar component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetoolbuttonicon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/toolbutton-icon16.png {the Tab Button component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetoolseparatoricon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/toolseparator-icon16.png {the Tool Separator component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetrailemitter16px = "\\inlineimage icons/trail-emitter-16px.png {the Trail Emitter component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetransparent = "\\inlineimage icons/transparent.png {the Transparent button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetransparenticon = "\\inlineimage icons/transparent-icon.png {the Transparent button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetumblericon16 = "\\inlineimage icons/tumbler-icon16.png {the Tumbler component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagetutorials = "\\inlineimage icons/tutorials.png {the Tutorials icon}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imageunlocked = "\\inlineimage icons/unlocked.png {the Unlocked button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagevectordirection16px = "\\inlineimage icons/vector-direction-16px.png {the Vector Direction component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagevisibilityoff = "\\inlineimage icons/visibility-off.png {the Visibility off button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagevisibilityon = "\\inlineimage icons/visibilityon.png {the Visibility on button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagewander16px = "\\inlineimage icons/wander-16px.png {the Wander component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagewarning = "\\inlineimage icons/warning.png {the Warning button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagexdlogo = "\\inlineimage xd-logo.png {the Adobe XD logo}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomall = "\\inlineimage icons/zoomAll.png {the Zoom All button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoombig = "\\inlineimage icons/zoom_big.png {the Zoom Big button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomblur16px = "\\inlineimage icons/zoom-blur-16px.png {the Zoom Blur component}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomin = "\\inlineimage icons/zoomIn.png {the Zoom In button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomout = "\\inlineimage icons/zoomOut.png {the Zoom Out button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomselection = "\\inlineimage icons/zoomSelection.png {the Zoom Selection button}"
|
||||||
|
macro.imagezoomsmall = "\\inlineimage icons/zoom_small.png {the Zoom Small button}"
|
@@ -1,34 +1,34 @@
|
|||||||
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-toc.html">View All Topics</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-toc.html">View All topics</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="whats-new.html">What's New in Qt Design Studio</a></li>
|
<li><a href="whats-new.html">What's new in Qt Design Studio</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
||||||
<div class="heading">
|
<div class="heading">
|
||||||
<h2>Getting Started</h2>
|
<h2>Getting started</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-getting-started.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-getting-started.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-installation.html">Installing Qt Design Studio</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-installation.html">Installing Qt Design Studio</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-projects.html">Creating Projects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-projects.html">Creating projects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-quick-tour.html">User Interface</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-quick-tour.html">User interface</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
||||||
<div class="heading">
|
<div class="heading">
|
||||||
<h2>Key Concepts</h2>
|
<h2>Key concepts</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-animation-overview.html">Animation Techniques</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-animation-overview.html">Animation techniques</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-exporting-and-importing.html">Creating Assets with Other Tools</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-exporting-and-importing.html">Creating assets with other tools</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-creating-ui-logic.html">Creating UI Logic</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-creating-ui-logic.html">Creating UI logic</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-components.html">Components</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-components.html">Components</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-designer-developer-workflow.html">Designer-Developer Workflow</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-designer-developer-workflow.html">Designer-developer workflow</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-on-mcus.html">Qt Design Studio on MCUs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-on-mcus.html">Qt Design Studio on MCUs</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
@@ -38,30 +38,30 @@
|
|||||||
<h2>Working with</h2>
|
<h2>Working with</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>2D Assets</a>
|
<li><a>2D assets</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtbridge-ai.html">Adobe Illustrator Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtbridge-ai.html">Adobe Illustrator assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="psqtbridge.html">Adobe Photoshop Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="psqtbridge.html">Adobe Photoshop assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="xdqtbridge.html">Adobe XD Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="xdqtbridge.html">Adobe XD assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="figmaqtbridge.html">Figma Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="figmaqtbridge.html">Figma assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtbridge-figma-template.html">Figma Bridge Template</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtbridge-figma-template.html">Figma Bridge template</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-images.html">Images</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-images.html">Images</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-importing-2d.html">Importing 2D Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-importing-2d.html">Importing 2D assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="sketchqtbridge.html">Sketch Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="sketchqtbridge.html">Sketch assets</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>3D Assets</a>
|
<li><a>3D Assets</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="exporting-3d-assets.html">Exporting 3D Assets</a></li>
|
<li><a href="exporting-3d-assets.html">Exporting 3D assets</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="exporting-from-blender.html">Exporting from Blender</a></li>
|
<li><a href="exporting-from-blender.html">Exporting from Blender</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="exporting-from-maya.html">Exporting from Maya</a></li>
|
<li><a href="exporting-from-maya.html">Exporting from Maya</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>3D Scenes</a>
|
<li><a>3D scenes</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-camera.html">Cameras</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-camera.html">Cameras</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-lights.html">Lights</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-lights.html">Lights</a></li>
|
||||||
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@
|
|||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Animations</a>
|
<li><a>Animations</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-timeline.html">Creating Timeline Animations</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-timeline.html">Creating timeline animations</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-editing-easing-curves.html">Editing Easing Curves</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-editing-easing-curves.html">Editing easing curves</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-morph-target.html">Morph Animations</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-morph-target.html">Morph animations</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-skeletal-components.html">Skeletal Animations</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-skeletal-components.html">Skeletal animation</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-transition-editor.html#animating-transitions-between-states">Transitions between States</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-transition-editor.html#animating-transitions-between-states">Transitions between states</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-curve-editor.html#editing-animation-curves">Editing Animation Curves</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-curve-editor.html#editing-animation-curves">Editing animation curves</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a>Code</a>
|
<li><a>Code</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-text-editor.html">Code</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-text-editor.html">Code</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-jump-to-the-code.html">Jump to Code</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-jump-to-the-code.html">Jump to the Code</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -93,38 +93,38 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a>Components</a>
|
<li><a>Components</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-components.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-components.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-annotations.html">Annotating Designs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-annotations.html">Annotating designs</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-components-view.html#adding-and-removing-modules">Adding and Removing Modules</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-components-view.html#adding-and-removing-modules">Adding and removing modules</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-component-instances.html">Creating Component Instances</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-component-instances.html">Creating component instances</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-components-creating.html">Creating Custom Components</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-components-creating.html">Creating custom components</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-group.html">Grouping Components</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-group.html">Grouping components</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-properties.html">Specifying Component Properties</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-properties.html">Specifying component properties</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-dynamic-properties.html">Specifying Custom Properties</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-dynamic-properties.html">Specifying custom properties</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Connections</a>
|
<li><a>Connections</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-property-bindings.html">Adding Bindings Between Properties</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-property-bindings.html">Adding bindings between properties</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-signals.html">Connecting Components to Signals</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-signals.html">Connecting components to signals</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Data</a>
|
<li><a>Data</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-model-editor.html">Data Models</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-data-models.html">Lists and other data models</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-data-models.html">Lists and Other Data Models</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-placeholder-data.html">Loading placeholder data</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-placeholder-data.html">Loading Placeholder Data</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-javascript.html">Simulating application logic</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-javascript.html">Simulating Application Logic</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-simulink.html">Simulating dynamic systems</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-simulink.html">Simulating Dynamic Systems</a></li>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Debugging and Profiling</a>
|
<li><a>Debugging and profiling</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="studio-accessing-output-issues-and-warnings.html">Accessing output, issue, and warning messages</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-qml-debugging-example.html">Debugging Qt Quick Applications</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-qml-debugging-example.html">Debugging Qt Quick Applications</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-debugging-qml.html">Debugging Qt Quick Projects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-debugging-qml.html">Debugging Qt Quick Projects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-qml-performance-monitor.html">Profiling QML Applications</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-qml-performance-monitor.html">Profiling QML Applications</a></li>
|
||||||
@@ -135,21 +135,20 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a>Effects</a>
|
<li><a>Effects</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="working-with-effects.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="working-with-effects.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-2d-effects.html">2D Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-2d-effects.html">2D effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-effects.html">3D Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-effects.html">3D effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom Effects and Materials</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom effects in Qt 5</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-design-effects.html">Design Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-design-effects.html">Design Effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-effect-composer-view.html">Effect Composer</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-effect-composer-view.html">Effect Composer</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-particles.html">Particles</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-particles.html">Particles</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-an-effect-to-your-project">Using Content Library Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-an-effect-to-your-project">Using the Content Library effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qt-using-effect-maker-effects.html">Using Qt Quick Effect Maker Effects</a></li>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>External Tools</a>
|
<li><a>External tools</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-editor-external.html">Using External Tools</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-editor-external.html">Using external tools</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -170,43 +169,43 @@
|
|||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Layouts</a>
|
<li><a>Layouts</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-positioning.html">Scalable Layouts</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-positioning.html">Scalable layouts</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Logical Helpers</a>
|
<li><a>Logical helpers</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-logic-helpers.html">Logical Helpers</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-logic-helpers.html">Logical helpers</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Materials</a>
|
<li><a>Materials</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom Effects and Materials</a></li>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-material-editor.html">Materials</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-material-editor.html">Materials</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials.html">Materials and Shaders</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials.html">Materials and shaders</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-a-material-to-your-project">Using Content Library Materials</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-a-material-to-your-project">Using the Content Library materials</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom materials in Qt 5</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Previewing</a>
|
<li><a>Previewing</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-live-preview-desktop.html">Previewing on Desktop</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-live-preview-desktop.html">Previewing on desktop</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-live-preview-devices.html">Previewing on Devices</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-live-preview-devices.html">Previewing on devices</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qt-design-viewer.html">Sharing Applications Online</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qt-design-viewer.html">Sharing applications online</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qt-ui-viewer.html">Viewing Applications on Android</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qt-ui-viewer.html">Viewing applications on Android</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Projects</a>
|
<li><a>Projects</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-projects.html">Creating Projects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-projects.html">Creating projects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-designer-developer-workflow.html">Designer-Developer Workflow</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-designer-developer-workflow.html">Designer-developer workflow</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-packaging.html">Packaging Applications</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-packaging.html">Packaging applications</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -215,25 +214,25 @@
|
|||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-on-mcus.html">Overview</li>
|
<li><a href="studio-on-mcus.html">Overview</li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-connecting-mcus-with-creator.html">Connecting MCUs with Qt Creator</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-connecting-mcus-with-creator.html">Connecting MCUs with Qt Creator</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-projects-for-mcus.html">Creating Projects for MCUs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-projects-for-mcus.html">Creating projects for MCUs</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-creating-uis-for-mcus.html">Creating UIs for MCUs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-creating-uis-for-mcus.html">Creating UIs for MCUs</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-developing-apps-for-mcus.html">Developing Applications for MCUs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-developing-apps-for-mcus.html">Developing applications for MCUs</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Rendering</a>
|
<li><a>Rendering</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-instancing.html">Instanced Rendering</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-instancing.html">Instanced rendering</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-repeater-3d.html">The Repeater3D Component</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-repeater-3d.html">The Repeater3D component</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-loader-3d.html">The Loader3D Component</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-loader-3d.html">The Loader3D component</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Shaders</a>
|
<li><a>Shaders</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-shaders.html">Custom Shaders</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-shaders.html">Custom shaders</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -241,7 +240,7 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a>States</a>
|
<li><a>States</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-states.html">States</li>
|
<li><a href="quick-states.html">States</li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-transition-editor.html#animating-transitions-between-states">Transition between states</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-transition-editor.html#animating-transitions-between-states">Transitions between states</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -249,34 +248,34 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a>Textures</a>
|
<li><a>Textures</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-texture-editor.html">Textures</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-texture-editor.html">Textures</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-texture.html">The Texture Component</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-texture.html">The Texture component</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-a-texture-or-environment-to-your-project">Using Content Library Textures</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-content-library.html#adding-a-texture-or-environment-to-your-project">Using Content Library textures</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>UI Controls and Elements</a>
|
<li><a>UI controls and elements</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-shapes.html">Shapes</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-shapes.html">Shapes</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-text.html">Text</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-text.html">Text</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-controls.html">UI Controls</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-controls.html">UI controls</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>User Data</a>
|
<li><a>User Data</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="collecting-usage-statistics.html">Collecting Usage Statistics</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-collecting-usage-statistics.html">Collecting usage statistics</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-user-feedback.html">Collecting User Feedback</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-user-feedback.html">Collecting user feedback</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-telemetry.html">Managing Data Collection</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-telemetry.html">Managing data collection</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-crashpad.html">Reporting Crashes</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-crashpad.html">Reporting crashes</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>User Interaction</a>
|
<li><a>User Interaction</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-user-interaction-methods.html">User Interaction Methods</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-user-interaction-methods.html">User interaction methods</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -284,29 +283,21 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
<div class="sectionlist normallist">
|
||||||
<div class="heading">
|
<div class="heading">
|
||||||
<h2>Best Practices</h2>
|
<h2>Best practices</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Graphics</a>
|
<li><a>Graphics</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="best-practices-glow.html">Creating Glow and Bloom Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="best-practices-glow.html">Creating the glow and the bloom effects</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Performance</a>
|
<li><a>Performance</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-optimized-3d-scenes.html">Creating an Optimized 3D Scenes</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-optimized-3d-scenes.html">Creating optimized 3D scenes</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-optimizing-designs.html">Optimizing Designs</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-optimizing-designs.html">Optimizing designs</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtquick-production-quality-animation.html">Production Quality</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtquick-production-quality-animation.html">Production quality</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
</li>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a>Projects</a>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-porting-projects.html">Converting Qt 5 Projects into Qt 6 Projects</a></li>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-converting-ui-projects.html">Converting UI Projects to Applications</a></li>
|
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -318,17 +309,17 @@
|
|||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="gstutorials.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="gstutorials.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="multilanguage-tutorial.html">Adding Multi-lanugage support to Your Project</a></li>
|
<li><a href="multilanguage-tutorial.html">Adding multi-language support to your project</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="state-transition-animations.html">Animated State Transitions</a></li>
|
<li><a href="state-transition-animations.html">Animated state transitions</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="robotarm-example.html">Creating a C++ Backend for a Qt Design Studio Application</a></li>
|
<li><a href="robotarm-example.html">Creating a C++ backend for a Qt Design Studio application</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui1-example.html">Log In UI - Components</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui1-example.html">Login UI: Components</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui2-example.html">Log In UI - Positioning</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui2-example.html">Login UI: Positioning</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui3-example.html">Log In UI - States</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui3-example.html">Login UI: States</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui4-example.html">Log In UI - Timeline</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-loginui4-example.html">Login UI: Timeline</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="fire-particle-effect.html">Particle System: Fire Effect</a></li>
|
<li><a href="fire-particle-effect.html">Particle System: The fire effect</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="rain-snow-particle-effect.html">Particle System: Rain and Snow Effect</a></li>
|
<li><a href="rain-snow-particle-effect.html">Particle System: The rain and the snow effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="3d-scene-tutorial.html">Setting up a 3D Scene</a></li>
|
<li><a href="3d-scene-tutorial.html">Setting up a 3D scene</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="animation-tutorial.html">Timeline Animation Tutorial</a></li>
|
<li><a href="animation-tutorial.html">Timeline animation</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -339,14 +330,15 @@
|
|||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studioexamples.html">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studioexamples.html">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-coffeemachine-example.html">Coffee Machine</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-coffeemachine-example.html">Coffee Machine</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="design-effect-example.html">Design Effects Demo</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-ebikedesign-example.html">E-Bike Design</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-ebikedesign-example.html">E-Bike Design</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="effect-composer-example.html">Effect Composer Example</a></li>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="fresnel-effect-example.html">Fresnel Example</a></li>
|
|
||||||
<li><a href="material-bundle-example.html">Material Bundle</a></li>
|
<li><a href="material-bundle-example.html">Material Bundle</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-optimal3dscene-example.html">Optimal 3D Scene</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-optimal3dscene-example.html">Optimal 3D Scene</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-progressbar-example.html">Progress Bar</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-progressbar-example.html">Progress Bar</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-sidemenu-example.html">Side Menu</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-sidemenu-example.html">Side Menu</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-simplekeyboard-example.html">Simple Keyboard</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-simplekeyboard-example.html">Simple keyboard</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="effect-composer-example.html">The Effect Composer example</a></li>
|
||||||
|
<li><a href="fresnel-effect-example.html">Fresnel properties on materials</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-washingmachineui-example.html">Washing Machine UI</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-washingmachineui-example.html">Washing Machine UI</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-webinardemo-example.html">Webinar Demo</a></li>
|
<li><a href="qtdesignstudio-webinardemo-example.html">Webinar Demo</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
@@ -357,36 +349,36 @@
|
|||||||
<h2>Reference</h2>
|
<h2>Reference</h2>
|
||||||
</div>
|
</div>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>2D Components</a>
|
<li><a>The 2D components</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-preset-components.html#2d-components">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-preset-components.html#2d-components">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-animations.html">Animations</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-animations.html">Animations</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-design-effects.html">Design Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-design-effects.html">Design Effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-2d-effects.html">Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-2d-effects.html">Effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-images.html">Images</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-images.html">Images</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-data-models.html">Lists and Other Data Models</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-data-models.html">Lists and other data models</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-logic-helpers.html">Logical Helpers</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-logic-helpers.html">Logical helpers</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-shapes.html">Shapes</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-shapes.html">Shapes</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-text.html">Text</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-text.html">Text</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-user-interaction-methods.html">User Interaction Methods</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-user-interaction-methods.html">User interaction methods</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-controls.html">UI Controls</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-controls.html">UI controls</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>3D Components</a>
|
<li><a>3D components</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="quick-preset-components.html#3d-components">Overview</a></li>
|
<li><a href="quick-preset-components.html#3d-components">Overview</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-camera.html">Cameras</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-camera.html">Cameras</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom Effects and Materials</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-effects-materials.html">Custom effects and materials in Qt 5</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-shaders.html">Custom Shaders</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-custom-shaders.html">Custom shaders</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-effects.html">Effects</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-effects.html">Effects</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-group.html">Group</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-group.html">Group</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-instancing.html">Instanced Rendering</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-instancing.html">Instanced rendering</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-lights.html">Lights</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-lights.html">Lights</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-loader-3d.html">Loader3D</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-loader-3d.html">Loader3D</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials-types.html">Materials</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials-types.html">Materials</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials.html">Materials and Shaders</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-materials.html">Materials and shaders</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-model.html">Models</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-model.html">Models</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-morph-target.html">Morph Target</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-morph-target.html">Morph Target</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-view.html">Views</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-view.html">Views</a></li>
|
||||||
@@ -394,7 +386,7 @@
|
|||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-particles.html">Particles</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-particles.html">Particles</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-repeater-3d.html">Repeater3D</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-repeater-3d.html">Repeater3D</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-scene-environment.html">Scene Environments</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-scene-environment.html">Scene Environments</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-skeletal-components.html">Skeletal Animation</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-skeletal-components.html">Skeletal animation</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-3d-texture.html">Textures</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-3d-texture.html">Textures</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
@@ -402,25 +394,25 @@
|
|||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Files</a>
|
<li><a>Files</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-quick-ui-forms.html">UI Files</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-quick-ui-forms.html">UI files</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Help</a>
|
<li><a>Help</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-terms.html">Concept and Terms</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-terms.html">Concepts and terms</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-keyboard-shortcuts.html">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-keyboard-shortcuts.html">Keyboard shortcuts</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="creator-how-to-get-help.html">Getting Help</a></li>
|
<li><a href="creator-how-to-get-help.html">Getting help</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-platforms.html">Supported Platforms</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-platforms.html">Supported platforms</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a>Qt Design Studio on MCUs</a>
|
<li><a>Qt Design Studio on MCUs</a>
|
||||||
<ul>
|
<ul>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-features-on-mcu-projects.html">Supported Features</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-features-on-mcu-projects.html">Supported features</a></li>
|
||||||
<li><a href="studio-compatibility-with-mcu-sdks.html">Version Compatibility</a></li>
|
<li><a href="studio-compatibility-with-mcu-sdks.html">Version compatibility</a></li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
</li>
|
</li>
|
||||||
</ul>
|
</ul>
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2023 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\page 3d-scene-tutorial.html
|
\page 3d-scene-tutorial.html
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Setting up a 3D Scene
|
\title Setting up a 3D scene
|
||||||
\sa {Content Library}
|
\sa {Content Library}
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to set up a 3D scene with, for example, lights, models, and materials in
|
\brief Illustrates how to set up a 3D scene with, for example, lights, models, and materials in
|
||||||
\QDS.
|
\QDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image 3d-scene-tutorial.webp
|
\image 3d-scene-tutorial.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Setting up a 3D Scene} tutorial illustrates how you can set up and improve a 3D
|
The \e {Setting up a 3D scene} tutorial illustrates how you can set up and improve a 3D
|
||||||
scene with the following:
|
scene with the following:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li 3D models
|
\li 3D models
|
||||||
@@ -30,10 +30,9 @@
|
|||||||
Download the completed project from
|
Download the completed project from
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/3Dscene%20tutorial/Completed/}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/3Dscene%20tutorial/Completed/}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This tutorial requires that you know the basics of \QDS, see
|
To learn the basics of \QDS required to complete this tutorial, see \l{Getting started}.
|
||||||
\l{Getting Started}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 The Starting Project
|
\section1 The starting project
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting project consists of an animated 3D model of a ball bearing. Control the animations
|
The starting project consists of an animated 3D model of a ball bearing. Control the animations
|
||||||
with a slider and a switch in the user interface.
|
with a slider and a switch in the user interface.
|
||||||
@@ -43,9 +42,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Materials to the 3D Models
|
\section1 Adding materials to the 3D models
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, use materials from the \uicontrol {Content Library} view on the ball bearing.
|
First, use materials from the \uicontrol {Content Library} view on the ball bearing:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol 3D view, right-click the ball bearing and select
|
\li In the \uicontrol 3D view, right-click the ball bearing and select
|
||||||
@@ -70,10 +69,12 @@
|
|||||||
When you run the application or live preview, notice that you don't see much of the materials.
|
When you run the application or live preview, notice that you don't see much of the materials.
|
||||||
The next step is to set up the environmental light.
|
The next step is to set up the environmental light.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Environmental Lighting to the Scene
|
\section1 Adding environmental lighting to the scene
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Environmental lighting is a good way to create a realistic light for your scene.
|
Environmental lighting is a good way to create a realistic light for your scene.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To add environmental lighting:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Content Library} view, go to the \uicontrol Environments tab.
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Content Library} view, go to the \uicontrol Environments tab.
|
||||||
\li Right-click the image \e BasicLights3_4k.hdr and select \uicontrol {Add Light Probe}.
|
\li Right-click the image \e BasicLights3_4k.hdr and select \uicontrol {Add Light Probe}.
|
||||||
@@ -85,8 +86,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
When you run the application, notice an improvement in the scene lighting.
|
When you run the application, notice an improvement in the scene lighting.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Next, adjust the environmental light. As you will add a background image to the scene later,
|
As you will add a background image to the scene later, you need to disable the use of skybox:
|
||||||
you don't want to use the skybox.
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e sceneEnvironment.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e sceneEnvironment.
|
||||||
\li Go to the \uicontrol {Scene Environment} tab in \uicontrol Properties and set \uicontrol
|
\li Go to the \uicontrol {Scene Environment} tab in \uicontrol Properties and set \uicontrol
|
||||||
@@ -96,9 +97,9 @@
|
|||||||
You also want to increase the brightness of the light a bit. Go to the \uicontrol {Image Based
|
You also want to increase the brightness of the light a bit. Go to the \uicontrol {Image Based
|
||||||
Lighting} tab in \uicontrol Properties and set \uicontrol Exposure to \e 10.
|
Lighting} tab in \uicontrol Properties and set \uicontrol Exposure to \e 10.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding a Background Image to the Scene
|
\section2 Adding a background image to the scene
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the final step of this tutorial, you add a background image to your scene.
|
In the final step of this tutorial, you add a background image to your scene:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to the \uicontrol Textures tab in the \uicontrol {Content Library} view.
|
\li Go to the \uicontrol Textures tab in the \uicontrol {Content Library} view.
|
||||||
|
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
|
|||||||
\page design-effect-example.html
|
\page design-effect-example.html
|
||||||
\ingroup studioexamples
|
\ingroup studioexamples
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Design Effect
|
\title Design Effects Demo
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to use the \QDS design effect.
|
\brief Illustrates how to use the \QDS Design Effects.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image studio-design-effects-demo-gallery.webp
|
\image studio-design-effects-demo-gallery.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e{Design Effects Demo Gallery} example illustrates the use cases of the
|
The \e{Design Effects Demo} example illustrates various use cases of the
|
||||||
design effects in \QDS. Learn more about design effects
|
design effects in \QDS. Learn more about design effects
|
||||||
\l {https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/quick-design-effects.html}{here}.
|
\l {https://doc.qt.io/qtdesignstudio/quick-design-effects.html}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
|
|||||||
principles:
|
principles:
|
||||||
\table
|
\table
|
||||||
\header
|
\header
|
||||||
\li Design Effect
|
\li Design effect
|
||||||
\li Description
|
\li Description
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Neumorphism
|
\li Neumorphism
|
||||||
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
|
|||||||
Watch this video tutorial to learn how to create these effects using \QDS design effects:
|
Watch this video tutorial to learn how to create these effects using \QDS design effects:
|
||||||
\youtube h0p27_HScxc
|
\youtube h0p27_HScxc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Neumorphism Example
|
\section1 Using the Neumorphism example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image studio-neumorphism.webp
|
\image studio-neumorphism.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
|
|||||||
accurately they translate into \QDS design effects.
|
accurately they translate into \QDS design effects.
|
||||||
The animation gives a real-time animated Neumorphism design effect in \QDS.
|
The animation gives a real-time animated Neumorphism design effect in \QDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Skeuomorphism Example
|
\section1 Using the Skeuomorphism example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image studio-skeuomorphism.webp
|
\image studio-skeuomorphism.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
|
|||||||
these buttons to test different stages of the Skeuomorphism effect.
|
these buttons to test different stages of the Skeuomorphism effect.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Glassmorphism Example
|
\section1 Using the Glassmorphism example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image studio-glassmorphism.webp
|
\image studio-glassmorphism.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
|
|||||||
part of the image hidden behind it would become blurred.
|
part of the image hidden behind it would become blurred.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using the Design Effect Demo Project
|
\section1 Using the Design Effect Demo project
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image studio-design-effects-demo-project.webp
|
\image studio-design-effects-demo-project.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To change the theme of the calculator between light and dark, select \uicontrol DARK.
|
To change the theme of the calculator between light and dark, select \uicontrol DARK.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Using Shadow or Blur Effects
|
\section2 Using shadow or blur effects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To change the direction of the shadows on the calculator, drag \uicontrol {SHADOW DIR}
|
To change the direction of the shadows on the calculator, drag \uicontrol {SHADOW DIR}
|
||||||
up or down.
|
up or down.
|
||||||
@@ -127,8 +127,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To turn the design effects on or off in the calculator, select \uicontrol FX.
|
To turn the design effects on or off in the calculator, select \uicontrol FX.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Using Music or Sound Effects
|
\section2 Using music or sound effects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To play sound or music in the calculator:
|
To play sound or music in the calculator:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li To play music in a loop, select \uicontrol CHRD, \uicontrol TECH, or
|
\li To play music in a loop, select \uicontrol CHRD, \uicontrol TECH, or
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2022 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
@@ -6,13 +6,14 @@
|
|||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
\sa Particles
|
\sa Particles
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Particle System: Fire Effect
|
\title Particle System: The fire effect
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to create a fire effect with the \QDS
|
\brief Illustrates how to create a fire effect with the \QDS
|
||||||
particle system.
|
particle system.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image fire-particles.png
|
\image fire-particles.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e{Fire Effect} tutorial illustrates how you can add a fire effect to
|
\e{The fire effect} tutorial illustrates how you can add a fire effect to
|
||||||
your scene using the \QDS particle system.
|
your scene using the \QDS particle system.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In this tutorial, you create a project from the beginning. You can download
|
In this tutorial, you create a project from the beginning. You can download
|
||||||
@@ -20,10 +21,9 @@
|
|||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/fire-particles}
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/fire-particles}
|
||||||
{here}.
|
{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This tutorial requires that you know the basics of \QDS, see
|
To learn the basics of \QDS required to complete this tutorial, see \l{Getting Started}.
|
||||||
\l{Getting Started}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Tutorial Assets
|
\section1 Tutorial assets
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You need the following assets to complete this tutorial:
|
You need the following assets to complete this tutorial:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@
|
|||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/fire-particles/FireParticles/content/images}
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/fire-particles/FireParticles/content/images}
|
||||||
{here}.
|
{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating a Fire Effect
|
\section1 Creating a fire effect
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Creating a Project
|
\section2 Creating a project
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create a new project:
|
To create a new project:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol {Properties}, set \uicontrol {Fill Color} to #000000.
|
\uicontrol {Properties}, set \uicontrol {Fill Color} to #000000.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding a Particle System to Your Scene
|
\section2 Adding a Particle System to your scene
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add a particle system, you first need to import the QtQuick3D.Particles3D
|
To add a particle system, you first need to import the QtQuick3D.Particles3D
|
||||||
module to your project:
|
module to your project:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Components view, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In the \uicontrol Components view, select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li Find QtQuick3D.Particles3D, and select it to add it to your project.
|
\li Find QtQuick3D.Particles3D, and select it to add it to your project.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
You now have the particle system in place. To preview it, select
|
You now have the particle system in place. To preview it, select
|
||||||
\key Alt + \key{P}. You can also preview the particle system in
|
\key Alt + \key{P}. You can also preview the particle system in
|
||||||
the \uicontrol{3D} view by using the \l {Particle Editor} tools.
|
the \uicontrol{3D} view by using the \l {Particle editor} tools.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding Sprites and Sprite Animations
|
\section2 Adding Sprites and Sprite Animations
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
|
|||||||
(\e{fire-sprites.png}) to use for the fire:
|
(\e{fire-sprites.png}) to use for the fire:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Assets} view, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Assets} view, select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Add Assets} dialog, find and select \e {fire-sprites.png}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Add Assets} dialog, find and select \e {fire-sprites.png}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image fire-particles-sprite-textures.png
|
\image fire-particles-sprite-textures.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adjusting the Particle Emitter
|
\section2 Adjusting the particle emitter
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The next step is to adjust the particle emitter properties:
|
The next step is to adjust the particle emitter properties:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Running the Project
|
\section1 Running the project
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Now, the fire effect is ready. Before you run it, position the camera to show the effect
|
Now, the fire effect is ready. Before you run it, position the camera to show the effect
|
||||||
from a suitable perspective:
|
from a suitable perspective:
|
||||||
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
|
|||||||
\image fire-particles-camera.png
|
\image fire-particles-camera.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Now, run the project by selecting \key Ctrl + \key{R} or the
|
Now, run the project by selecting \key Ctrl + \key{R} or the
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/run_project.png
|
\imagerunproject
|
||||||
button in the top toolbar.
|
button in the top toolbar.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -5,39 +5,81 @@
|
|||||||
\page fresnel-effect-example.html
|
\page fresnel-effect-example.html
|
||||||
\ingroup studioexamples
|
\ingroup studioexamples
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Fresnel Example
|
\title Fresnel properties on materials
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to work with the fresnel effect.
|
\brief Illustrates how to work with Fresnel.
|
||||||
|
\sa {Material Editor and Browser}, {Setting image-based lighting}, {Directional Light},
|
||||||
|
{3D models}, {Content Library}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image fresnel-example.webp
|
\image fresnel-example.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e{Fresnel} example illustrates how to add and adjust a fresnel effect on
|
The \e {Fresnel properties on materials} example illustrates how to add Fresnel to a material
|
||||||
a 3D model.
|
and use the material on a 3D model.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The fresnel effect affects how materials reflect light at different viewing angles. Imagine the
|
Fresnel affects how materials reflect light at different viewing angles. Imagine the
|
||||||
water on a lake. If you look down at the water from straight above, you can see through the
|
water on a lake. If you look down at the water from straight above, you can see through the
|
||||||
water, but if you look from a lower angle, the reflections are stronger.
|
water, but if you look from a lower angle, the reflections are stronger.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image fresnel-angle.webp
|
\image fresnel-angle.webp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Running the Example
|
\section1 Running the example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To run the example in \QDS, go to the \uicontrol Welcome screen and select the example
|
To run the example in \QDS, go to the \uicontrol Welcome screen and select the example
|
||||||
from the \uicontrol Examples tab.
|
from the \uicontrol Examples tab.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 The 3D Scene
|
\section1 The 3D scene
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The example project consists of a basic 3D scene with the following components:
|
The 3D scene of the example project consists of the following models:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li A 3D model.
|
\li Monkey head (\e {monkeyModel})
|
||||||
\li A directional light.
|
\li Sphere (\e {sphere})
|
||||||
\li An HDR image used to light the scene (image-based lighting).
|
\li Plane (\e {mirror})
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 The Material
|
The 3D scene uses a directional light and an HDR image (image-based lighting) to light
|
||||||
|
the scene.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The material on the 3D model in this example is a principled material with a
|
Use the example UI controls to manipulate the scene.
|
||||||
clearcoat.
|
|
||||||
|
\table
|
||||||
|
\header
|
||||||
|
\li Control
|
||||||
|
\li Description
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li \uicontrol {Rotate background}
|
||||||
|
\li Rotates the background to see the models from different angles.
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li \uicontrol {Move camera} or \uicontrol {Move model}
|
||||||
|
\li Switches between moving the monkey head model and the camera.
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li \uicontrol {Reset camera}
|
||||||
|
\li Resets the camera.
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li \uicontrol {Reset monkey}
|
||||||
|
\li Resets the monkey.
|
||||||
|
\endtable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Navigate the scene with your keyboard using the \uicontrol {Camera controls} listed in
|
||||||
|
the example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section1 The materials
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The following materials are used in this example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\table
|
||||||
|
\header
|
||||||
|
\li Material
|
||||||
|
\li Description
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li Monkey Material
|
||||||
|
\li A yellow principled material with a clearcoat.
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li Green Material
|
||||||
|
\li A green principled material with a clearcoat.
|
||||||
|
\row
|
||||||
|
\li Mirror
|
||||||
|
\li A ready-made material from \uicontrol {Content Library}.
|
||||||
|
\endtable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Clearcoat
|
\section2 Clearcoat
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -47,9 +89,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
You adjust clearcoat properties independently from the base material.
|
You adjust clearcoat properties independently from the base material.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Fresnel Properties
|
\section2 The Fresnel properties
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following properties affect how the fresnel effect renders. These properties are
|
The following properties affect how Fresnel renders. These properties are
|
||||||
available both for the base material and the clearcoat layer. Adjusting the settings for the
|
available both for the base material and the clearcoat layer. Adjusting the settings for the
|
||||||
clearcoat has a bigger visual effect.
|
clearcoat has a bigger visual effect.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -58,33 +100,50 @@
|
|||||||
\li Property
|
\li Property
|
||||||
\li Description
|
\li Description
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Fresnel power
|
\li Fresnel Power
|
||||||
\li Increasing the fresnel power decreases the head-on reflections (steep viewing angle)
|
\li Increasing the Fresnel power decreases the head-on reflections (steep viewing angle)
|
||||||
while maintaining the reflections seen from more shallow viewing angles.
|
while maintaining the reflections seen from more shallow viewing angles.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Enable scale and bias
|
\li Enable scale and bias
|
||||||
\li Takes the scale and bias properties into account.
|
\li Takes the scale and bias properties into account.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Scale
|
\li Fresnel Scale
|
||||||
\li Determines the rate of change in reflection intensity as the viewing angle varies. A
|
\li Determines the rate of change in reflection intensity as the viewing angle varies. A
|
||||||
large scale value results in a gentler transition between weak and strong reflections, while
|
large scale value results in a gentler transition between weak and strong reflections, while
|
||||||
a smaller scale creates a more abrupt shift in reflection intensity.
|
a smaller scale creates a more abrupt shift in reflection intensity.
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li Bias
|
\li Fresnel Bias
|
||||||
\li Controls the offset for the fresnel power property and determines how quickly the
|
\li Controls the offset for the Fresnel power property, which determines how quickly the
|
||||||
reflection transitions from weak to strong as the viewing
|
reflection transitions from weak to strong as the viewing
|
||||||
angle changes. A larger bias value shifts the transition point toward steeper angles.
|
angle changes. A larger bias value shifts the transition point toward steeper angles.
|
||||||
\endtable
|
\endtable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section3 Adjusting the Fresnel Settings
|
\section2 Adjusting the Fresnel properties
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To adjust the settings:
|
To adjust the Fresnel properties, use the sliders in the example UI.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To improve performance, select a lower reflection detail from the
|
||||||
|
\uicontrol {Reflection detail} dropdown menu.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To reset the Fresnel properties, select \uicontrol {Reset fresnel}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\section1 Getting started with Fresnel
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To edit an existing material:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol {Material Browser}, double-click \e {Monkey Material}.
|
\li In \uicontrol {Material Browser}, double-click a material.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol {Material Editor}, find the properties under
|
\li In \uicontrol {Material Editor}, find the properties under
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Clearcoat} and \uicontrol {Fresnel} respectively.
|
\uicontrol {Clearcoat} and \uicontrol {Fresnel} respectively.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note You see the changes live as you edit them in the \uicontrol 2D view.
|
\note You see the changes live as you edit them in the \uicontrol 2D view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To create a new material with Fresnel:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
\list 1
|
||||||
|
\li In \uicontrol {Material Editor}, select \imageplus.
|
||||||
|
\li Edit the properties under \uicontrol {Clearcoat} and \uicontrol {Fresnel} respectively.
|
||||||
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -10,6 +10,6 @@
|
|||||||
\image studio-kitchen-combined.png
|
\image studio-kitchen-combined.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Optimal 3D Scene} example contains the source files for the Optimal
|
The \e {Optimal 3D Scene} example contains the source files for the Optimal
|
||||||
3D Scene described in \l {Creating Optimized 3D Scenes}.
|
3D Scene described in \l {Creating optimized 3D scenes}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2022 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\page state-transition-animations.html
|
\page state-transition-animations.html
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
\sa States, {Transitions}, {Working with States}
|
\sa States, {Transitions}, {Working with states}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Animated State Transitions
|
\title Animated state transitions
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to create animated state transitions.
|
\brief Illustrates how to create animated state transitions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image animated-state-transitions.jpg
|
\image animated-state-transitions.jpg
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e{Animated State Transitions} tutorial illustrates how you can animate
|
The \e{Animated state transitions} tutorial illustrates how you can animate
|
||||||
the transition between \l{Working with States}{states}.
|
the transition between \l{Working with states}{states}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting point of this tutorial is the Car Demo project, you can
|
The starting point of this tutorial is the Car Demo project, you can
|
||||||
download it from
|
download it from
|
||||||
@@ -24,15 +24,15 @@
|
|||||||
{here}.
|
{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This tutorial requires that you know the basics of \QDS, see
|
This tutorial requires that you know the basics of \QDS, see
|
||||||
\l{Getting Started}.
|
\l{Getting started}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Tutorial Assets
|
\section1 Tutorial assets
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All assets you need for this tutorial are included in the Car Demo project.
|
All assets you need for this tutorial are included in the Car Demo project.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating States
|
\section1 Creating states
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, you create the different states. In this tutorial, you create four
|
First, you create the different states. In this tutorial, you create four
|
||||||
different states with different views of the car in the scene:
|
different states with different views of the car in the scene:
|
||||||
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To create the first state:
|
To create the first state:
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \l States view, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In the \l States view, select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li Change the name of the new state to \e{side}.
|
\li Change the name of the new state to \e{side}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image animated-state-transitions-states.png
|
\image animated-state-transitions-states.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating State Transitions
|
\section1 Creating state transitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
With the states created, you need a way to move between the states in the
|
With the states created, you need a way to move between the states in the
|
||||||
UI. In this tutorial, you create buttons arranged in a column to do this.
|
UI. In this tutorial, you create buttons arranged in a column to do this.
|
||||||
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@
|
|||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to the \uicontrol Connections view.
|
\li Go to the \uicontrol Connections view.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol{Navigator}, select \e button_side and in
|
\li In \uicontrol{Navigator}, select \e button_side and in
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Connections}, select the \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\uicontrol {Connections}, select the \imageplus
|
||||||
button to open the connection setup options.
|
button to open the connection setup options.
|
||||||
\li Set \uicontrol Signal to \c clicked, \uicontrol Action to
|
\li Set \uicontrol Signal to \c clicked, \uicontrol Action to
|
||||||
\c {Change State}, \uicontrol {State Group} to \c rectangle and
|
\c {Change State}, \uicontrol {State Group} to \c rectangle and
|
||||||
\uicontrol State to \c side in the respective
|
\uicontrol State to \c side in the respective
|
||||||
drop-down menus.
|
drop-down menus.
|
||||||
\li Select the \inlineimage icons/close.png
|
\li Select the \imageclose
|
||||||
button to close the connection setup options.
|
button to close the connection setup options.
|
||||||
\li Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the next three buttons and set them to go to
|
\li Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the next three buttons and set them to go to
|
||||||
their corresponding states.
|
their corresponding states.
|
||||||
@@ -142,13 +142,13 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview, select \key Alt + \key{P}.
|
To preview, select \key Alt + \key{P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Animating State Transitions
|
\section1 Animating state transitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The final step of this tutorial is to create animations between the states:
|
The final step of this tutorial is to create animations between the states:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Go to \l{Transitions}.
|
\li Go to \l{Transitions}.
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li Select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li In the upper right corner of \uicontrol {Transitions}, change
|
\li In the upper right corner of \uicontrol {Transitions}, change
|
||||||
the number 2000 to 1000.
|
the number 2000 to 1000.
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
|||||||
/****************************************************************************
|
/****************************************************************************
|
||||||
**
|
**
|
||||||
** Copyright (C) 2022 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
** Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
** Contact: https://www.qt.io/licensing/
|
** Contact: https://www.qt.io/licensing/
|
||||||
**
|
**
|
||||||
** This file is part of the Qt Design Studio documentation.
|
** This file is part of the Qt Design Studio documentation.
|
||||||
@@ -26,22 +26,22 @@
|
|||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\page animation-tutorial.html
|
\page animation-tutorial.html
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
\sa {Creating Timeline Animations}
|
\sa {Creating timeline animations}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Timeline Animation Tutorial
|
\title Timeline animation
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to create timeline animations and bind them to
|
\brief Illustrates how to create timeline animations and bind them to
|
||||||
properties in \QDS.
|
properties in \QDS.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image animation-tutorial.gif
|
\image animation-tutorial.gif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e{Timeline Animation} tutorial illustrates how to create timeline animations
|
The \e{Timeline animation} tutorial illustrates how to create timeline animations
|
||||||
and bind them to properties in \QDS. First you create a keyframe animation
|
and bind them to properties in \QDS. First you create a keyframe animation
|
||||||
which you control the running state of with a switch in the UI. Next, you
|
which you control the running state of with a switch in the UI. Next, you
|
||||||
create another keyframe animation where you use a slider in the UI to
|
create another keyframe animation where you use a slider in the UI to
|
||||||
control the position of the playhead.
|
control the position of the playhead.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting point of this tutorial is the Animation Tutorial project,
|
The starting point of this tutorial is the Animation Tutorial project,
|
||||||
you can download it from
|
which you can download from
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/animation-tutorial/AnimationTutorial/Start}
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/animation-tutorial/AnimationTutorial/Start}
|
||||||
{here}.
|
{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -49,23 +49,22 @@
|
|||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/animation-tutorial/AnimationTutorial/Completed}
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/animation-tutorial/AnimationTutorial/Completed}
|
||||||
{here}.
|
{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This tutorial requires that you know the basics of \QDS, see
|
To learn the basics of \QDS required to complete this tutorial, see \l{Getting started}.
|
||||||
\l{Getting Started}.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
\include run-tutorial-project.qdocinc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating a Timeline Animation
|
\section1 Creating a timeline animation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, you create an animation where the ball bearing continuously rotates
|
First, you create an animation where the ball bearing continuously rotates
|
||||||
around its Y axis.
|
around its Y axis.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding a Timeline and an Animation
|
\section2 Adding a timeline and an animation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add a timeline to your project:
|
To add a timeline to your project:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select
|
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
This creates a timeline and one animation.
|
This creates a timeline and one animation.
|
||||||
\li On the \uicontrol {Animation Settings} tab in the
|
\li On the \uicontrol {Animation Settings} tab in the
|
||||||
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li Set \uicontrol Duration to 7500.
|
\li Set \uicontrol Duration to 7500.
|
||||||
This sets the duration of the animation in milliseconds.
|
This sets the duration of the animation in milliseconds.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Contiunous}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Continuous}.
|
||||||
This sets the animation to start over again when it reaches the
|
This sets the animation to start over again when it reaches the
|
||||||
end.
|
end.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -84,14 +83,14 @@
|
|||||||
You can see the timeline in the \uicontrol Timeline and
|
You can see the timeline in the \uicontrol Timeline and
|
||||||
\uicontrol Navigator views.
|
\uicontrol Navigator views.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding Keyframes
|
\section2 Adding keyframes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Next, you add keyframes to animate the rotation of the ball bearing:
|
Next, you add keyframes to animate the rotation of the ball bearing:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {ballbearing1}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {ballbearing1}.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Properties view, select
|
\li In the \uicontrol Properties view, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/action-icon.png (Actions)
|
\imageactionicon (Actions)
|
||||||
next to \uicontrol Rotation > \uicontrol {Y}.
|
next to \uicontrol Rotation > \uicontrol {Y}.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe}.
|
||||||
\image animation-tutorial-insert-keyframe.png
|
\image animation-tutorial-insert-keyframe.png
|
||||||
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@
|
|||||||
timeline.
|
timeline.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Controlling the Running State of the Animation
|
\section2 Controlling the running state of the animation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There is a toggle switch in the UI of this project. To use this switch to
|
There is a toggle switch in the UI of this project. To use this switch to
|
||||||
control the running state of the animation:
|
control the running state of the animation:
|
||||||
@@ -117,7 +116,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {timelineAnimation}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {timelineAnimation}.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Connections view, go to the \uicontrol Bindings tab.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Connections view, go to the \uicontrol Bindings tab.
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li Select \imageplus
|
||||||
to create a binding.
|
to create a binding.
|
||||||
\li For the binding you created, set:
|
\li For the binding you created, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
@@ -131,23 +130,23 @@
|
|||||||
You can preview the animation and try the toggle switch in the live preview.
|
You can preview the animation and try the toggle switch in the live preview.
|
||||||
To run the live preview, select \key Alt + \key{P}.
|
To run the live preview, select \key Alt + \key{P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating a Timeline and Binding it to a Property
|
\section1 Creating a timeline and binding it to a property
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Next, you create the exploded view animation of the ball bearing. You don't
|
Next, you create the exploded view animation of the ball bearing. You don't
|
||||||
want this animation to run automatically but instead you want to control it
|
want this animation to run automatically but instead you want to control it
|
||||||
with a slider in the UI.
|
with a slider in the UI.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding a Timeline Inside a Component
|
\section2 Adding a timeline inside a component
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You create this animation inside the ball bearing component, to do this:
|
To create this animation inside the ball bearing component:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {ballBearing1}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e {ballBearing1}.
|
||||||
\li Select \key {F2} to go into the component.
|
\li Select \key {F2} to go into the component.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select
|
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\imageplus
|
||||||
to add a timeline and open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog.
|
to add a timeline and open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog.
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/minus.png
|
\li Select \imageminus
|
||||||
next to the \uicontrol {Animation Settings} tab to remove the animation
|
next to the \uicontrol {Animation Settings} tab to remove the animation
|
||||||
in this timeline.
|
in this timeline.
|
||||||
You do not need an animation when you bind the timeline to a property.
|
You do not need an animation when you bind the timeline to a property.
|
||||||
@@ -156,14 +155,14 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image animation-tutorial-timeline-2.png
|
\image animation-tutorial-timeline-2.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding Keyframes
|
\section2 Adding keyframes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Now, you add keyframes for the different parts of the ball bearing:
|
Now, you add keyframes for the different parts of the ball bearing:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol{Navigator} view, select \e{inner_race}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol{Navigator} view, select \e{inner_race}.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Properties view, select
|
\li In the \uicontrol Properties view, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/action-icon.png (Actions)
|
\imageactionicon (Actions)
|
||||||
next to \uicontrol Translation > \uicontrol Y.
|
next to \uicontrol Translation > \uicontrol Y.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe}.
|
\li Select \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe}.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select the
|
\li In the \uicontrol Timeline view, select the
|
||||||
@@ -190,7 +189,7 @@
|
|||||||
You can preview the animation by dragging the playhead in the
|
You can preview the animation by dragging the playhead in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol Timeline view.
|
\uicontrol Timeline view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Controlling the Animation with a Slider
|
\section2 Controlling the animation with a slider
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Now, you use the slider on the main screen to control the exploded
|
Now, you use the slider on the main screen to control the exploded
|
||||||
view animation that you created.
|
view animation that you created.
|
||||||
@@ -200,7 +199,7 @@
|
|||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e Node.
|
\li In the \uicontrol Navigator view, select \e Node.
|
||||||
\li On the \uicontrol Properties tab in the \uicontrol Connections view,
|
\li On the \uicontrol Properties tab in the \uicontrol Connections view,
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Property Type} field, enter \e {Item}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Property Type} field, enter \e {Item}.
|
||||||
This field is a drop-down list, but you can also type text.
|
This field is a drop-down list, but you can also type text.
|
||||||
@@ -213,7 +212,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Timeline} view, select
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Timeline} view, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/animation.png
|
\imageanimation
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Expression binding field}, enter
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Expression binding field}, enter
|
||||||
\c {property0.value}.
|
\c {property0.value}.
|
||||||
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Navigator} view, select \e {ballbearing1}.
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Navigator} view, select \e {ballbearing1}.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Connections} view, go to the
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Connections} view, go to the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Bindings} tab.
|
\uicontrol {Bindings} tab.
|
||||||
\li Select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li Select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li For the binding you just created:
|
\li For the binding you just created:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2021 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||||||
the viewport and the timeline to animate the \l{glossary-transition}
|
the viewport and the timeline to animate the \l{glossary-transition}
|
||||||
{transitions} between and on the screens.
|
{transitions} between and on the screens.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Application Flow
|
\section1 Application flow
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On the startup screen, \e {AnimationFlowForm.ui.qml}, users can select
|
On the startup screen, \e {AnimationFlowForm.ui.qml}, users can select
|
||||||
from several types of coffee to fill the empty cup. The selection
|
from several types of coffee to fill the empty cup. The selection
|
||||||
@@ -88,11 +88,11 @@
|
|||||||
is triggered. It sets the application flow status to \c "reset", so
|
is triggered. It sets the application flow status to \c "reset", so
|
||||||
that the application returns to the startup screen.
|
that the application returns to the startup screen.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Timelines to Animate Transitions
|
\section1 Using timelines to animate transitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Coffee Machine application screens for choosing coffee, empty cup, and
|
The Coffee Machine application screens for choosing coffee, empty cup, and
|
||||||
brewing each use custom components specified in separate \l{UI Files}
|
brewing each use custom components specified in separate \l{UI files}
|
||||||
{UI files} (ui.qml).
|
(ui.qml).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We use the \l Timeline view to animate the transitions between the screens
|
We use the \l Timeline view to animate the transitions between the screens
|
||||||
during the application flow in \e {ApplicationFlowForm.ui.qml}.
|
during the application flow in \e {ApplicationFlowForm.ui.qml}.
|
||||||
@@ -100,15 +100,15 @@
|
|||||||
\image coffee-machine-timeline.png
|
\image coffee-machine-timeline.png
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Our viewport contains 200 frames, so we select the
|
Our viewport contains 200 frames, so we select the
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/plus.png "Plus button"
|
\imageplus
|
||||||
button to add a 1200-frame timeline to the root component.
|
button to add a 1200-frame timeline to the root component.
|
||||||
We use the default values for all other fields.
|
We use the default values for all other fields.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To start recording the transition from the startup screen to the coffee
|
To start recording the transition from the startup screen to the coffee
|
||||||
selection screen on the timeline, we select \e choosingCoffee in
|
selection screen on the timeline, we select \e choosingCoffee in
|
||||||
\l Navigator. We check that the playhead is at frame 0, and then
|
\l Navigator. We check that the playhead is at frame 0, and then
|
||||||
select the \inlineimage icons/recordfill.png
|
select the \imagerecordfill
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Auto Key (K)}) button (or press \key k).
|
(\uicontrol {Auto Key (K)}) button (or select \key K).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
At frame 0, we set the X coordinate to 0 in \l Properties >
|
At frame 0, we set the X coordinate to 0 in \l Properties >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Geometry - 2D} > \uicontrol Position. We then move the
|
\uicontrol {Geometry - 2D} > \uicontrol Position. We then move the
|
||||||
@@ -120,9 +120,9 @@
|
|||||||
new timeline appears in the view.
|
new timeline appears in the view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about using the timeline, see
|
For more information about using the timeline, see
|
||||||
\l {Creating Timeline Animations}.
|
\l {Creating timeline animations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using States to Move Between Screens
|
\section1 Using states to move between screens
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We use the \l States view to determine the contents of the
|
We use the \l States view to determine the contents of the
|
||||||
viewport. The animations are run when moving from one state to another.
|
viewport. The animations are run when moving from one state to another.
|
||||||
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
|
|||||||
\c {"settings"} and \c {"selection"} states.
|
\c {"settings"} and \c {"selection"} states.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We then return to the \uicontrol Timeline view and select
|
We then return to the \uicontrol Timeline view and select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/animation.png "Timeline Settings button"
|
\imageanimation
|
||||||
to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog. We select
|
to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog. We select
|
||||||
the \uicontrol Add button to create animations for each part
|
the \uicontrol Add button to create animations for each part
|
||||||
of the timeline. Therefore, the start and end frame of each
|
of the timeline. Therefore, the start and end frame of each
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2021 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
@@ -27,21 +27,21 @@
|
|||||||
viewport, and the timeline to animate the \l{glossary-transition}
|
viewport, and the timeline to animate the \l{glossary-transition}
|
||||||
{transitions} between and on the screens.
|
{transitions} between and on the screens.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Timelines to Animate Transitions
|
\section1 Using timelines to animate transitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We use the \l Timeline view to animate the transitions between
|
We use the \l Timeline view to animate the transitions between
|
||||||
the screens in \e {Screen01.ui.qml}.
|
the screens in \e {Screen01.ui.qml}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Our viewport contains 1000 frames, so we select the
|
Our viewport contains 1000 frames, so we select the
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/plus.png "Plus button"
|
\imageplus
|
||||||
button to add a 5000-frame timeline to the root component.
|
button to add a 5000-frame timeline to the root component.
|
||||||
We use the default values for all other fields.
|
We use the default values for all other fields.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To start recording the transitions between the Standard screen and the
|
To start recording the transitions between the Standard screen and the
|
||||||
Trip and Navigator screens on the timeline, we select \e screenCanvas in
|
Trip and Navigator screens on the timeline, we select \e screenCanvas in
|
||||||
the \l Navigator view. We check that the playhead is at frame 0, and then
|
the \l Navigator view. We check that the playhead is at frame 0, and then
|
||||||
select the \inlineimage icons/recordfill.png
|
select the \imagerecordfill
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Auto Key (K)}) button (or press \key k).
|
(\uicontrol {Auto Key (K)}) button (or select \key K).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image ebikedesign-timeline.png "Timeline view"
|
\image ebikedesign-timeline.png "Timeline view"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
|
|||||||
speedometer grow and shrink in size depending on its current position.
|
speedometer grow and shrink in size depending on its current position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information about using the timeline, see
|
For more information about using the timeline, see
|
||||||
\l {Creating Timeline Animations}.
|
\l {Creating timeline animations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using States to Move Between Screens
|
\section1 Using states to move between screens
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We use the \l States view to determine the contents of the viewport.
|
We use the \l States view to determine the contents of the viewport.
|
||||||
The animations are run in a particular state or when moving from one state
|
The animations are run in a particular state or when moving from one state
|
||||||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
|
|||||||
ToBig, and FromBig.
|
ToBig, and FromBig.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We then return to the \uicontrol Timeline view and select
|
We then return to the \uicontrol Timeline view and select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/animation.png "Timeline Settings button"
|
\imageanimation
|
||||||
to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog. We select
|
to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog. We select
|
||||||
the \uicontrol Add button to create animations for each part
|
the \uicontrol Add button to create animations for each part
|
||||||
of the timeline. Therefore, the start and end frame of each
|
of the timeline. Therefore, the start and end frame of each
|
||||||
|
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
|
|||||||
\page effect-composer-example.html
|
\page effect-composer-example.html
|
||||||
\ingroup studioexamples
|
\ingroup studioexamples
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Effect Composer Example
|
\title Effect Composer example
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to work with the Effect Composer effects.
|
\brief Illustrates how to work with the Effect Composer effects.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image effect-composer-example.webp {The Effect Composer example project}
|
\image effect-composer-example.webp {The Effect Composer example project}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Effect Composer Example} illustrates how to work with the \uicontrol {Effect Composer}
|
The \e {Effect Composer} example illustrates how to work with the \uicontrol {Effect Composer}
|
||||||
effects. Use the example project to experiment with effects and get familiar with
|
effects. Use the example project to experiment with effects and get familiar with
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Effect Composer}. To learn more, see \l {Effect Composer}.
|
\uicontrol {Effect Composer}. To learn more, see \l {Effect Composer}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -22,18 +22,18 @@
|
|||||||
The example project has a scalable design. When you resize the window to fit your screen, some
|
The example project has a scalable design. When you resize the window to fit your screen, some
|
||||||
components will adjust automatically.
|
components will adjust automatically.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Running the Example
|
\section1 Running the example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To run the example in \QDS, go to the \uicontrol Welcome screen and select the example
|
To run the example in \QDS, go to the \uicontrol Welcome screen and select the example
|
||||||
from the \uicontrol Examples tab.
|
from the \uicontrol Examples tab.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 The Effects
|
\section1 The effects
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table introduces the effects in this example.
|
The following table introduces the effects in this example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\table
|
\table
|
||||||
\header
|
\header
|
||||||
\li Effect Name
|
\li Effect name
|
||||||
\li Description
|
\li Description
|
||||||
\row
|
\row
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Displace}
|
\li \uicontrol {Displace}
|
||||||
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
|
|||||||
\li A weather effect, a combination of a rain effect and a thunder effect.
|
\li A weather effect, a combination of a rain effect and a thunder effect.
|
||||||
\endtable
|
\endtable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 The Structure of the Example
|
\section1 The structure of the example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition to the effects, the example project also includes the following components:
|
In addition to the effects, the example project also includes the following components:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li A \l {3D} scene
|
\li A \l {3D} scene
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \l {Importing 3D Assets}{A 3D model}
|
\li \l {Importing 3D assets}{A 3D model}
|
||||||
\li \l {Lights}{A directional light}
|
\li \l {Lights}{A directional light}
|
||||||
\li \l {Cameras}{A scene camera}
|
\li \l {Cameras}{A scene camera}
|
||||||
\li \l {OrbitCameraController}
|
\li \l {OrbitCameraController}
|
||||||
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@
|
|||||||
\li \l {Text} components
|
\li \l {Text} components
|
||||||
\li \l {Rectangle} components
|
\li \l {Rectangle} components
|
||||||
\li \l {Shapes#Border}{Border} components
|
\li \l {Shapes#Border}{Border} components
|
||||||
\li \l {Creating Buttons}{Custom Buttons}
|
\li \l {Creating buttons}{Custom buttons}
|
||||||
\li \l {Creating Custom Components}{Custom Sliders}
|
\li \l {Creating custom components}{Custom sliders}
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The example project also uses \uicontrol States and \uicontrol Transitions. To learn more, see
|
The example project also uses \uicontrol States and \uicontrol Transitions. To learn more, see
|
||||||
\l {Working with States} and \l {Transitions}.
|
\l {Working with states} and \l {Transitions}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Binary file not shown.
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 61 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 39 KiB |
@@ -4,15 +4,14 @@
|
|||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\example Loginui1
|
\example Loginui1
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
\nextpage {Log In UI - Positioning}
|
\nextpage {Login UI: Positioning}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Log In UI - Components
|
\title Login UI: Components
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to use wizard templates to create a simple UI
|
\brief Illustrates how to use wizard templates to create a simple UI
|
||||||
that contains a text label, images, and push buttons.
|
that contains a text label, images, and push buttons.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui1.webp
|
\image loginui1.webp
|
||||||
|
\e{Login UI: Components} is the first tutorial in a series of tutorials
|
||||||
\e{Log In UI - Components} is the first tutorial in a series of tutorials
|
|
||||||
that describes how to use the \QDS wizard templates to create a project and
|
that describes how to use the \QDS wizard templates to create a project and
|
||||||
a button UI control, and how to modify the files generated by the wizard
|
a button UI control, and how to modify the files generated by the wizard
|
||||||
templates to design the UI.
|
templates to design the UI.
|
||||||
@@ -20,12 +19,12 @@
|
|||||||
You can download the completed project from
|
You can download the completed project from
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui1}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui1}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating the UI Project
|
\section1 Creating the UI project
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For the purposes of this tutorial, you will use the empty wizard template.
|
For the purposes of this tutorial, you will use the empty wizard template.
|
||||||
Wizard templates are available also for creating UIs that are optimized for
|
Wizard templates are available also for creating UIs that are optimized for
|
||||||
mobile platforms and for launcher applications. For more information about
|
mobile platforms and for launcher applications. For more information about
|
||||||
the options you have, see \l {Creating Projects}.
|
the options you have, see \l {Creating projects}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create a project:
|
To create a project:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@
|
|||||||
Remove the button and the text component from the UI to have a clean workspace. Later
|
Remove the button and the text component from the UI to have a clean workspace. Later
|
||||||
in this tutorial, you will add and modify them as you need.
|
in this tutorial, you will add and modify them as you need.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To remove this button, select it and press \key {Backspace}. Repeat for the
|
To remove this button, select it and select \key {Backspace}. Repeat for the
|
||||||
text component.
|
text component.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Next, you will edit the values of the properties of the component instances
|
Next, you will edit the values of the properties of the component instances
|
||||||
@@ -93,7 +92,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
To add the assets:
|
To add the assets:
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol Assets > \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li Select \uicontrol Assets > \imageplus
|
||||||
(Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views > \uicontrol Assets to enable it,
|
(Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views > \uicontrol Assets to enable it,
|
||||||
if you can't find it).
|
if you can't find it).
|
||||||
\image loginui1-add-assets.webp "The Assets view."
|
\image loginui1-add-assets.webp "The Assets view."
|
||||||
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@
|
|||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+P}.
|
or select \key {Alt+P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e Screen01.ui.qml file that the wizard template created for you should
|
The \e Screen01.ui.qml file that the wizard template created for you should
|
||||||
be open. If it is not, you can double-click it in the \uicontrol Projects view
|
be open. If it is not, you can double-click it in the \uicontrol Projects view
|
||||||
@@ -141,7 +140,7 @@
|
|||||||
white (\e #ffffff).
|
white (\e #ffffff).
|
||||||
\image loginui1-properties-text.webp "Text properties."
|
\image loginui1-properties-text.webp "Text properties."
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -164,8 +163,8 @@
|
|||||||
button controls available in \uicontrol Components >
|
button controls available in \uicontrol Components >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Qt Quick Controls} to create the kind of push button that you
|
\uicontrol {Qt Quick Controls} to create the kind of push button that you
|
||||||
want, you can create your button from scratch using default components. For
|
want, you can create your button from scratch using default components. For
|
||||||
more information, see \l {Creating Buttons} and
|
more information, see \l {Creating buttons} and
|
||||||
\l {Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}.
|
\l {Creating scalable buttons and borders}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To create a push button by using the wizard template:
|
To create a push button by using the wizard template:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -187,7 +186,7 @@
|
|||||||
Next, you will change the appearance of the EntryField component by
|
Next, you will change the appearance of the EntryField component by
|
||||||
modifying its properties.
|
modifying its properties.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Styling the Button
|
\section1 Styling the button
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can now modify the properties of the EntryField component to your
|
You can now modify the properties of the EntryField component to your
|
||||||
liking. To make the changes apply to all the EntryField instances, you
|
liking. To make the changes apply to all the EntryField instances, you
|
||||||
@@ -217,7 +216,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Rectangle, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Rectangle, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Fill color} to transparent light gray (\e #28e7e7e7).
|
\li \uicontrol {Fill color} to transparent light gray (\e #28e7e7e7).
|
||||||
You can also use the \l{Picking Colors}{color picker} to set the color.
|
You can also use the \l{Picking colors}{color picker} to set the color.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol {Border color} to white (\e #ffffff).
|
\li \uicontrol {Border color} to white (\e #ffffff).
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Radius to \e 50 to give the button rounded corners.
|
\li \uicontrol Radius to \e 50 to give the button rounded corners.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
@@ -239,7 +238,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li In the \uicontrol States view, select the \e normal state and
|
\li In the \uicontrol States view, select the \e normal state and
|
||||||
repeat the changes in the background color and text properties,
|
repeat the changes in the background color and text properties,
|
||||||
as necessary. Repeat for the \e down state.
|
as necessary. Repeat for the \e down state.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -254,9 +253,9 @@
|
|||||||
Next, you will add instances of the \e EntryField component to the
|
Next, you will add instances of the \e EntryField component to the
|
||||||
\e Screen01 component and modify their properties.
|
\e Screen01 component and modify their properties.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Entry Fields to the UI
|
\section1 Adding entry fields to the UI
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now add EntryField instances to the UI and modify their properties.
|
You will now add two entry fields to the UI and modify their properties:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \uicontrol Projects
|
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \uicontrol Projects
|
||||||
@@ -280,11 +279,11 @@
|
|||||||
to another position in the \uicontrol {2D} view. Use the
|
to another position in the \uicontrol {2D} view. Use the
|
||||||
guidelines to align the button instances below the tag line:
|
guidelines to align the button instances below the tag line:
|
||||||
\image loginui1-align-entry-fields.webp "Aligned entry fields."
|
\image loginui1-align-entry-fields.webp "Aligned entry fields."
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Creating Another Button
|
\section1 Creating another button
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We want to center-align the text of two additional push buttons and use
|
We want to center-align the text of two additional push buttons and use
|
||||||
brighter colors for them, so we create a second button component as
|
brighter colors for them, so we create a second button component as
|
||||||
@@ -329,7 +328,7 @@
|
|||||||
turn the button background green when the button is pressed down.
|
turn the button background green when the button is pressed down.
|
||||||
Also, in \uicontrol Text > \uicontrol Character >
|
Also, in \uicontrol Text > \uicontrol Character >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Text color}, keep the text color as white (\e #ffffff).
|
\uicontrol {Text color}, keep the text color as white (\e #ffffff).
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -337,9 +336,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui1-button-styled.webp "Modified push button in the 2D view."
|
\image loginui1-button-styled.webp "Modified push button in the 2D view."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding Push Buttons to the UI
|
\section1 Adding push buttons to the UI
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now add PushButton instances to the UI and modify their properties.
|
You will now add two buttons to the UI and modify their properties:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \uicontrol Projects
|
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \uicontrol Projects
|
||||||
@@ -362,7 +361,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select the second PushButton instance, and change its ID to
|
\li Select the second PushButton instance, and change its ID to
|
||||||
\e createAccount and text label to \e {Create Account}. Again,
|
\e createAccount and text label to \e {Create Account}. Again,
|
||||||
mark the text translatable.
|
mark the text translatable.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -371,11 +370,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui1-ready.webp "The finished UI in the 2D view and live preview."
|
\image loginui1-ready.webp "The finished UI in the 2D view and live preview."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Learn More
|
\section1 Learn more
|
||||||
The \e {Learn More} sections provide additional information about the
|
The \e {Learn More} sections provide additional information about the
|
||||||
tasks performed by the wizards and about other basic tasks and concepts.
|
tasks performed by the wizards and about other basic tasks and concepts.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Projects and Files
|
\section2 Projects and files
|
||||||
\QDS creates a set of files and folders that you need to create
|
\QDS creates a set of files and folders that you need to create
|
||||||
a UI. The files are listed in the \l{File System} view.
|
a UI. The files are listed in the \l{File System} view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -388,7 +387,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li The \e {loginui1.qml} file defines the functionality of
|
\li The \e {loginui1.qml} file defines the functionality of
|
||||||
the UI. For the time being, it does not do anything.
|
the UI. For the time being, it does not do anything.
|
||||||
\li The \e {Screen01.ui.qml} file is a custom component created by
|
\li The \e {Screen01.ui.qml} file is a custom component created by
|
||||||
the wizard template. For more information, see \l {UI Files}.
|
the wizard template. For more information, see \l {UI files}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, this is the main file in the project, but you can
|
By default, this is the main file in the project, but you can
|
||||||
change that in the .qmlproject file. While the custom component
|
change that in the .qmlproject file. While the custom component
|
||||||
@@ -410,11 +409,11 @@
|
|||||||
\e EventListSimulator.qml files are not used in this example, so
|
\e EventListSimulator.qml files are not used in this example, so
|
||||||
you can ignore them for now.
|
you can ignore them for now.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
\l{UI Files}{UI files} define a hierarchy of components with a
|
\l{UI files} define a hierarchy of components with a highly-readable,
|
||||||
highly-readable, structured layout. Every UI file consists of two parts:
|
structured layout. Every UI file consists of two parts: an imports section
|
||||||
an imports section and an component declaration section. The components and
|
and a component declaration section. The components and functionality most
|
||||||
functionality most common to UIs are provided in the \c QtQuick import. You
|
common to UIs are provided in the \c QtQuick import. You can view the code
|
||||||
can view the code of a \e .ui.qml file in the \l{Code} view.
|
of a \e .ui.qml file in the \l{Code} view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Components
|
\section2 Components
|
||||||
@@ -448,7 +447,7 @@
|
|||||||
descriptions of all components, see \l{All QML Types} in the Qt reference
|
descriptions of all components, see \l{All QML Types} in the Qt reference
|
||||||
documentation.
|
documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section3 Regtangle Properties
|
\section3 Regtangle properties
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The default \l {basic-rectangle}{Rectangle} component is used for drawing
|
The default \l {basic-rectangle}{Rectangle} component is used for drawing
|
||||||
shapes with four sides and four corners. You can fill rectangles either with
|
shapes with four sides and four corners. You can fill rectangles either with
|
||||||
@@ -462,7 +461,7 @@
|
|||||||
component. It is available in \uicontrol Components
|
component. It is available in \uicontrol Components
|
||||||
> \uicontrol {Qt Quick Studio Components}.
|
> \uicontrol {Qt Quick Studio Components}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section3 Text Properties
|
\section3 Text properties
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \l Text component is used for adding static text to the UI, such as
|
The \l Text component is used for adding static text to the UI, such as
|
||||||
titles and labels. You can select the font to use and specify extensive
|
titles and labels. You can select the font to use and specify extensive
|
||||||
@@ -472,19 +471,19 @@
|
|||||||
If you want to create a label with a background, use the \l Label component
|
If you want to create a label with a background, use the \l Label component
|
||||||
from the \uicontrol {Qt Quick Controls} module instead of the text component.
|
from the \uicontrol {Qt Quick Controls} module instead of the text component.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section3 Image Properties
|
\section3 Image properties
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \l {Images}{Image} component is used for adding images to the UI in several
|
The \l {Images}{Image} component is used for adding images to the UI in several
|
||||||
supported formats, including bitmap formats such as PNG and JPEG and vector
|
supported formats, including bitmap formats such as PNG and JPEG and vector
|
||||||
graphics formats such as SVG. To add an image to \uicontrol Assets, select
|
graphics formats such as SVG. To add an image to \uicontrol Assets, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\imageplus
|
||||||
, and then select the image file.
|
, and then select the image file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you need to display animated images, use the \l {Animated Image}
|
If you need to display animated images, use the \l {Animated Image}
|
||||||
component, also available in \uicontrol Components >
|
component, also available in \uicontrol Components >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Default Components} > \uicontrol Basic.
|
\uicontrol {Default Components} > \uicontrol Basic.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 UI Controls
|
\section2 UI controls
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Custom Button} wizard template creates a button component
|
The \e {Custom Button} wizard template creates a button component
|
||||||
based on the \l {Button} control in the \l {Qt Quick Controls} module. It
|
based on the \l {Button} control in the \l {Qt Quick Controls} module. It
|
||||||
@@ -510,11 +509,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{The id Attribute}.
|
For more information, see \l{The id Attribute}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Next Steps
|
\section1 Next steps
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To learn how to add more UI controls and position them on the page using
|
To learn how to add more UI controls and position them on the page using
|
||||||
anchors and layouts so that the UI is scalable, see the next tutorial in
|
anchors and layouts so that the UI is scalable, see the next tutorial in
|
||||||
the series, \l {Log In UI - Positioning}.
|
the series, \l {Login UI: Positioning}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For a more advanced example of creating a menu button and using it to
|
For a more advanced example of creating a menu button and using it to
|
||||||
construct a button bar, see \l {Side Menu}.
|
construct a button bar, see \l {Side Menu}.
|
||||||
|
@@ -4,16 +4,16 @@
|
|||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
\example Loginui2
|
\example Loginui2
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
\previouspage {Log In UI - Components}
|
\previouspage {Login UI - Components}
|
||||||
\nextpage {Log In UI - States}
|
\nextpage {Login UI: States}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Log In UI - Positioning
|
\title Login UI: Positioning
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to position UI components on pages using anchors and
|
\brief Illustrates how to position UI components on pages using anchors and
|
||||||
positioners.
|
positioners.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui2.webp "Log In UI"
|
\image loginui2.webp "Login UI"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\e{Log In UI - Positioning} is the second in a series of tutorials that build
|
\e{Login UI: Positioning} is the second in a series of tutorials that build
|
||||||
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
||||||
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
||||||
second tutorial in the series describes how to position the UI components
|
second tutorial in the series describes how to position the UI components
|
||||||
@@ -24,23 +24,23 @@
|
|||||||
with different screen sizes, you will use anchors and positioners.
|
with different screen sizes, you will use anchors and positioners.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
||||||
\l{Log In UI - Components} project. You can download the project
|
\l{Login UI: Components} project. You can download the project
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui1}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui1}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui2}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui2}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The \e {Learn More} sections provide additional information about the
|
The \e {Learn more} sections provide additional information about the
|
||||||
task at hand.
|
task at hand.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Anchoring UI Components
|
\section1 Anchoring UI components
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, you will \l {Setting Anchors and Margins}{anchor} the
|
First, you will \l {Setting anchors and margins}{anchor} the
|
||||||
static page elements, background image (\e adventurePage), logo
|
static page elements, background image (\e adventurePage), logo
|
||||||
(\e qt_logo_green_128x128px), and tag line (\e tagLine), to the page.
|
(\e qt_logo_green_128x128px), and tag line (\e tagLine), to the page.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+P}.
|
or select \key {Alt+P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To anchor component instances on a page:
|
To anchor component instances on a page:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -50,24 +50,24 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e adventurePage in the \l Navigator view to display its
|
\li Select \e adventurePage in the \l Navigator view to display its
|
||||||
properties in the \l Properties view.
|
properties in the \l Properties view.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, select
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, select
|
||||||
the \inlineimage icons/anchor-fill.png
|
the \imageanchorfill
|
||||||
anchor button to anchor \e adventurePage to its
|
anchor button to anchor \e adventurePage to its
|
||||||
parent in the \uicontrol Target field. This attaches the background
|
parent in the \uicontrol Target field. This attaches the background
|
||||||
image to the rectangle on all sides.
|
image to the rectangle on all sides.
|
||||||
\note Selecting the anchor button should automatically select the
|
\note Selecting the anchor button should automatically select the
|
||||||
four buttons on the left side of it. If it doesn't, select
|
four buttons on the left side of it. If it doesn't, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/reset.png on the \uicontrol {2D} view toolbar to refresh the
|
\imagereset on the \uicontrol {2D} view toolbar to refresh the
|
||||||
\uicontrol{2D} view.
|
\uicontrol{2D} view.
|
||||||
\image loginui2-layout.png "Layout properties"
|
\image loginui2-layout.png "Layout properties"
|
||||||
\li Select \e qt_logo_green_128x128px in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e qt_logo_green_128x128px in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchortop and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e parent to anchor
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchortop to \e parent to anchor
|
||||||
the logo to its parent.
|
the logo to its parent.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e 40 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchortop to \e 40 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to anchor the logo to the top of
|
select \imageanchortop to anchor the logo to the top of
|
||||||
the target.
|
the target.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches the logo to the rectangle at the top while keeping its horizontal
|
This attaches the logo to the rectangle at the top while keeping its horizontal
|
||||||
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e tagLine in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e tagLine in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchortop and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchortop to
|
||||||
\e qt_logo_green_128x128px to anchor the tag line to the logo.
|
\e qt_logo_green_128x128px to anchor the tag line to the logo.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e 40 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchortop to \e 40 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to anchor the tag line to the
|
select \imageanchorbottom to anchor the tag line to the
|
||||||
bottom of the target.
|
bottom of the target.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches the tag line to the bottom of the logo while keeping its horizontal
|
This attaches the tag line to the bottom of the logo while keeping its horizontal
|
||||||
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@
|
|||||||
\uicontrol Target field, check that the component instance is
|
\uicontrol Target field, check that the component instance is
|
||||||
located in the correct place in the component hierarchy in
|
located in the correct place in the component hierarchy in
|
||||||
\uicontrol Navigator. For more information,
|
\uicontrol Navigator. For more information,
|
||||||
see \l{Arranging Components}.
|
see \l{Arranging components}.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui2-loginpage.webp "Login page in the 2D view and live preview"
|
\image loginui2-loginpage.webp "Login page in the 2D view and live preview"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using Column Positioners
|
\section1 Using column positioners
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now position the entry fields and buttons in columns
|
You will now position the entry fields and buttons in columns
|
||||||
to learn another method of \l{Using Positioners}{positioning components}.
|
to learn another method of \l{Using positioners}{positioning components}.
|
||||||
Then, you will anchor the columns to the page to enable their positions
|
Then, you will anchor the columns to the page to enable their positions
|
||||||
to change when the screen size changes.
|
to change when the screen size changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -137,12 +137,12 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e fields in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e fields in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchortop and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchortop to
|
||||||
\e tagLine to anchor the entry fields to the tag line.
|
\e tagLine to anchor the entry fields to the tag line.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e 170 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchortop to \e 170 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to anchor the entry fields to the
|
select \imageanchorbottom to anchor the entry fields to the
|
||||||
bottom of the target.
|
bottom of the target.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches the entry fields to the bottom of the tag line while keeping its
|
This attaches the entry fields to the bottom of the tag line while keeping its
|
||||||
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e buttons in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e buttons in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchorbottom and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchorbottom to
|
||||||
\e parent to anchor the entry fields to the rectangle.
|
\e parent to anchor the entry fields to the rectangle.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to \e 50 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchorbottom to \e 50 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to anchor the entry fields to the
|
select \imageanchorbottom to anchor the entry fields to the
|
||||||
bottom of the target.
|
bottom of the target.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches the buttons to the bottom of the rectangle while keeping its
|
This attaches the buttons to the bottom of the rectangle while keeping its
|
||||||
horizontal center aligned with that of the rectangle.
|
horizontal center aligned with that of the rectangle.
|
||||||
\image loginui2-buttons-properties.webp "Properties of buttons"
|
\image loginui2-buttons-properties.webp "Properties of buttons"
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui2-loginpage-ready.webp "Login page in the 2D view and live preview"
|
\image loginui2-loginpage-ready.webp "Login page in the 2D view and live preview"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Learn More
|
\section1 Learn more
|
||||||
\section2 Anchors
|
\section2 Anchors
|
||||||
In an anchor-based layout, each component instance can be thought of as
|
In an anchor-based layout, each component instance can be thought of as
|
||||||
having a set of invisible \e anchor lines: top, bottom, left, right, fill,
|
having a set of invisible \e anchor lines: top, bottom, left, right, fill,
|
||||||
@@ -183,20 +183,21 @@
|
|||||||
component instance changes, the instances that are anchored to it will
|
component instance changes, the instances that are anchored to it will
|
||||||
adjust automatically to maintain the anchoring.
|
adjust automatically to maintain the anchoring.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{Positioning with Anchors}.
|
For more information, see \l{Positioning with Anchors}{Positioning with anchors}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Positioners
|
\section2 Positioners
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For many use cases, the best positioner to use is a simple grid, row, or
|
For many use cases, the best positioner to use is a simple grid, row, or
|
||||||
column, and \QDS provides components that will position children in these
|
column, and \QDS provides components that will position children in these
|
||||||
formations in the most efficient manner possible. For more information
|
formations in the most efficient manner possible. For more information
|
||||||
about using preset positioners, see \l {Using Positioners}.
|
about using preset positioners, see \l {Using positioners}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more complicated UI designs, you can use components from the
|
For more complicated UI designs, you can use components from the
|
||||||
\l {Using Layouts}{Qt Quick Layouts module}.
|
\l {Using layouts}{Qt Quick Layouts module}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Next Steps
|
\section1 Next steps
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To learn how to add a second page and move to it from the main page, see
|
To learn how to add a second page and move to it from the main page, see
|
||||||
the next tutorial in the series, \l {Log In UI - States}.
|
the next tutorial in the series, \l {Login UI: States}.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@
|
|||||||
\example Loginui3
|
\example Loginui3
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Log In UI - States
|
\title Login UI: States
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to use states to create a second UI page.
|
\brief Illustrates how to use states to create a second UI page.
|
||||||
\previouspage {Log In UI - Positioning}
|
\previouspage {Login UI: Positioning}
|
||||||
\nextpage {Log In UI - Timeline}
|
\nextpage {Login UI: Timeline}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui3.gif "Log In UI"
|
\image loginui3.gif "Login UI"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\e{Log In UI - States} is the third in a series of tutorials that build
|
\e{Login UI: States} is the third in a series of tutorials that build
|
||||||
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
||||||
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
||||||
third tutorial in the series describes how to use \e states to add a
|
third tutorial in the series describes how to use \e states to add a
|
||||||
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
|
|||||||
when a user selects the \e {Create Account} button.
|
when a user selects the \e {Create Account} button.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
||||||
\l{Log In UI - Positioning} project. You can download the project
|
\l{Login UI: Positioning} project. You can download the project
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui2}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui2}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
||||||
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l{Working with states} and \l{Signal and Handler Event System}.
|
For more information, see \l{Working with states} and \l{Signal and Handler Event System}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Adding UI Components
|
\section1 Adding UI components
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will add another entry field for verifying the password that users
|
You will add another entry field for verifying the password that users
|
||||||
enter to create an account. You are already familiar with the tasks in
|
enter to create an account. You are already familiar with the tasks in
|
||||||
this section from the previous \e {Login UI} tutorials.
|
this section from the previous \e {Login UI} tutorials.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+P}.
|
or select \key {Alt+P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add the entry field needed on the second page to the \e Screen01
|
To add the entry field needed on the second page to the \e Screen01
|
||||||
component:
|
component:
|
||||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
|
|||||||
enter \e {Repeat Password} and select \uicontrol tr to mark the text
|
enter \e {Repeat Password} and select \uicontrol tr to mark the text
|
||||||
translatable.
|
translatable.
|
||||||
\image loginui3-new-entryfield-properties.webp "Entryfield properties"
|
\image loginui3-new-entryfield-properties.webp "Entryfield properties"
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@
|
|||||||
the login page and the \e {Create Account} button on the account creation
|
the login page and the \e {Create Account} button on the account creation
|
||||||
page.
|
page.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Using States to Simulate Page Changes
|
\section1 Using states to simulate page changes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now add \l{Working with States}{states} to the UI to show and hide UI
|
You will now add \l{Working with states}{states} to the UI to show and hide UI
|
||||||
components in the \uicontrol {2D} view, depending on the current page:
|
components in the \uicontrol {2D} view, depending on the current page:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In the \l States view, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In the \l States view, select \imageplus
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
\li Enter \e login as the state name.
|
\li Enter \e login as the state name.
|
||||||
\image loginui3-login-state.webp "States view"
|
\image loginui3-login-state.webp "States view"
|
||||||
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li In \uicontrol Visibility, clear the \uicontrol Visible checkbox
|
\li In \uicontrol Visibility, clear the \uicontrol Visible checkbox
|
||||||
to hide the \e {Create Account} button in the account creation
|
to hide the \e {Create Account} button in the account creation
|
||||||
state.
|
state.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
|
|||||||
\e {Create Account} button on the login page triggers a
|
\e {Create Account} button on the login page triggers a
|
||||||
transition to the account creation page.
|
transition to the account creation page.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Connecting Buttons to States
|
\section1 Connecting buttons to states
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Components have predefined signals that are emitted when users interact
|
Components have predefined signals that are emitted when users interact
|
||||||
with the UI. The \e PushButton component contains a \l{Mouse Area} component
|
with the UI. The \e PushButton component contains a \l{Mouse Area} component
|
||||||
@@ -122,25 +122,25 @@
|
|||||||
is clicked within the area.
|
is clicked within the area.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now use the \l {Connections} view to
|
You will now use the \l {Connections} view to
|
||||||
\l{Connecting Components to Signals}{connect} the clicked signal of the
|
\l{Connecting components to signals}{connect} the clicked signal of the
|
||||||
\e createAccount button to \e createAccount state:
|
\e createAccount button to \e createAccount state:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views >
|
\li Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views >
|
||||||
\uicontrol {Connections} to open the \uicontrol Connections view.
|
\uicontrol {Connections} to open the \uicontrol Connections view.
|
||||||
\li Select \e createAccount in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e createAccount in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol Connections tab, select the \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In the \uicontrol Connections tab, select the \imageplus
|
||||||
button to open the connection setup options.
|
button to open the connection setup options.
|
||||||
\li Set \uicontrol Signal to \c clicked, \uicontrol Action to
|
\li Set \uicontrol Signal to \c clicked, \uicontrol Action to
|
||||||
\c {Change State}, \uicontrol {State Group} to \c rectangle, and
|
\c {Change State}, \uicontrol {State Group} to \c rectangle, and
|
||||||
\uicontrol State to \c createAccount in the respective
|
\uicontrol State to \c createAccount in the respective
|
||||||
drop-down menus.
|
drop-down menus.
|
||||||
\li Select the \inlineimage icons/close.png
|
\li Select the \imageclose
|
||||||
button to close the connection setup options.
|
button to close the connection setup options.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui3-connections.webp "Connections tab"
|
\image loginui3-connections.webp "Connections tab"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\note Alternatively, right-click the \e createAccount button in
|
\note Alternatively, right-click the \e createAccount button in
|
||||||
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui3.gif "Moving between login page and account creation page"
|
\image loginui3.gif "Moving between login page and account creation page"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Next Steps
|
\section1 Next steps
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To learn how to use a timeline to animate the transition between the login
|
To learn how to use a timeline to animate the transition between the login
|
||||||
and account creation pages, see the next tutorial in the series,
|
and account creation pages, see the next tutorial in the series,
|
||||||
\l {Log In UI - Timeline}.
|
\l {Login UI: Timeline}.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@
|
|||||||
\example Loginui4
|
\example Loginui4
|
||||||
\ingroup gstutorials
|
\ingroup gstutorials
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\title Log In UI - Timeline
|
\title Login UI: Timeline
|
||||||
\brief Illustrates how to use the timeline and states to animate UI
|
\brief Illustrates how to use the timeline and states to animate UI
|
||||||
components.
|
components.
|
||||||
\previouspage {Log In UI - States}
|
\previouspage {Login UI: States}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui4.gif "Log In UI"
|
\image loginui4.gif "Login UI"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\e{Log In UI - Timeline} is the fourth in a series of tutorials that build
|
\e{Login UI: Timeline} is the fourth in a series of tutorials that build
|
||||||
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
on each other to illustrate how to use \QDS to create a simple UI with
|
||||||
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
some basic UI components, such as pages, buttons, and entry fields. The
|
||||||
fourth part of the tutorial describes how to use the timeline and states
|
fourth part of the tutorial describes how to use the timeline and states
|
||||||
@@ -20,25 +20,24 @@
|
|||||||
to the preceding animation, where you can navigate to the account creation
|
to the preceding animation, where you can navigate to the account creation
|
||||||
page by clicking the \e {Create Account} button.
|
page by clicking the \e {Create Account} button.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In \l {Log In UI - States}, you learned how to use states to simulate page
|
In \l {Login UI: States}, you learned how to use states to simulate page
|
||||||
changes in a UI and connections to provide user interaction with it. In
|
changes in a UI and connections to provide user interaction with it. In
|
||||||
this part, you will now learn another way of animating the UI by creating
|
this part, you will now learn another way of animating the UI by creating
|
||||||
\l{Creating Timeline Animations}{timeline animations} that you bind
|
\l{Creating timeline animations}{timeline animations} that you bind
|
||||||
to states.
|
to states.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
The starting point for this tutorial is the completed
|
||||||
\l{Log In UI - States} project. You can download the project
|
\l{Login UI: States} project. You can download the project
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui3}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui3}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
Additionally, you can download the completed project of this tutorial
|
||||||
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui4}{here}.
|
\l{https://git.qt.io/public-demos/qtdesign-studio/-/tree/master/tutorial%20projects/Loginui4}{here}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For more information, see \l {Creating timeline animations}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see \l {Creating Timeline Animations}.
|
\section1 Animating UI components
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Animating UI Components
|
In \l {Login UI: States}, you changed the visibility property in different
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In \l {Log In UI - States}, you changed the visibility property in different
|
|
||||||
states to simulate changing pages. To make sure that those changes won't
|
states to simulate changing pages. To make sure that those changes won't
|
||||||
interfere with the changes to the opacity property you will make next, you
|
interfere with the changes to the opacity property you will make next, you
|
||||||
will first remove the states.
|
will first remove the states.
|
||||||
@@ -52,41 +51,41 @@
|
|||||||
column component and anchor them to the rectangle and to each other instead.
|
column component and anchor them to the rectangle and to each other instead.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
To preview the changes that you make, select the \uicontrol {Live Preview} button
|
||||||
or press \key {Alt+P}.
|
or select \key {Alt+P}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Replacing Columns with Anchors
|
\section2 Replacing columns with anchors
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, prepare the \e Screen01 component for adding animation:
|
First, prepare the \e Screen01 component for adding animation:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \l Projects to open it
|
\li Double-click \e Screen01.ui.qml in \l Projects to open it
|
||||||
in the \l {2D} view.
|
in the \l {2D} view.
|
||||||
\li In the \l States view, select \e login > \inlineimage icons/more-button.png
|
\li In the \l States view, select \e login > \imagemorebutton
|
||||||
> \uicontrol Delete to remove the state. Repeat for the \e createAccount state.
|
> \uicontrol Delete to remove the state. Repeat for the \e createAccount state.
|
||||||
\li Select \e username in \l Navigator, and then select:
|
\li Select \e username in \l Navigator, and then select:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/arrowleft.png to move \e username into the parent
|
\li \imagearrowleft to move \e username into the parent
|
||||||
rectangle.
|
rectangle.
|
||||||
\li \inlineimage icons/navigator-arrowup.png to move \e username below
|
\li \imagenavigatorarrowup to move \e username below
|
||||||
\e tagLine in \uicontrol Navigator to preserve the
|
\e tagLine in \uicontrol Navigator to preserve the
|
||||||
\l{Arranging Components}{component hierarchy}.
|
\l{Arranging components}{component hierarchy}.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
\li Repeat the previous step for \e password and \e repeatPassword.
|
\li Repeat the previous step for \e password and \e repeatPassword.
|
||||||
\li Select \e fields in \uicontrol Navigator and press \key Delete to
|
\li Select \e fields in \uicontrol Navigator and select \key Delete to
|
||||||
delete it.
|
delete it.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-hierarchy.webp "The hierarchy of the components."
|
\image loginui4-hierarchy.webp "The hierarchy of the components."
|
||||||
\li Select \e username in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e username in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchortop and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchortop to
|
||||||
\e tagLine to anchor \e username to the tag line.
|
\e tagLine to anchor \e username to the tag line.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e 170 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchortop to \e 170 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to anchor \e username to the
|
select \imageanchorbottom to anchor \e username to the
|
||||||
bottom of the target.
|
bottom of the target.
|
||||||
\note Selecting the anchor button should automatically update the
|
\note Selecting the anchor button should automatically update the
|
||||||
\uicontrol {2D} view. If it doesn't, select \inlineimage icons/reset.png
|
\uicontrol {2D} view. If it doesn't, select \imagereset
|
||||||
on the \uicontrol {2D} view toolbar to refresh the \uicontrol{2D} view.
|
on the \uicontrol {2D} view toolbar to refresh the \uicontrol{2D} view.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches \e username to the bottom of the tag line while keeping its
|
This attaches \e username to the bottom of the tag line while keeping its
|
||||||
@@ -95,12 +94,12 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e password in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
\li Select \e password in \uicontrol Navigator.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
\li In \uicontrol Properties > \uicontrol Layout, set:
|
||||||
\list
|
\list
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png and
|
\li \uicontrol Anchors to \imageanchortop and
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-center-horizontal.png.
|
\imageanchorcenterhorizontal.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Target \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to
|
\li \uicontrol Target \imageanchortop to
|
||||||
\e username to anchor \e password to \e username.
|
\e username to anchor \e password to \e username.
|
||||||
\li \uicontrol Margin \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png to \e 20 and
|
\li \uicontrol Margin \imageanchortop to \e 20 and
|
||||||
select \inlineimage icons/anchor-bottom.png to anchor \e password to the
|
select \imageanchorbottom to anchor \e password to the
|
||||||
bottom of the target.
|
bottom of the target.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
This attaches \e password to the bottom of \e username while keeping its
|
This attaches \e password to the bottom of \e username while keeping its
|
||||||
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@
|
|||||||
\li Repeat the previous step to anchor the top of \e repeatPassword
|
\li Repeat the previous step to anchor the top of \e repeatPassword
|
||||||
to the bottom of \e password with a margin of \e 20 and to
|
to the bottom of \e password with a margin of \e 20 and to
|
||||||
anchor it horizontally to its parent.
|
anchor it horizontally to its parent.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -117,16 +116,16 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui4-base-state.webp "UI with all the buttons and fields"
|
\image loginui4-base-state.webp "UI with all the buttons and fields"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding a Timeline
|
\section2 Adding a timeline
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You are now ready to add the \l{Creating Timeline Animations}{timeline}.
|
You are now ready to add the \l{Creating timeline animations}{timeline}.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add a timeline with settings for running the animation:
|
To add a timeline with settings for running the animation:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views >
|
\li Select \uicontrol View > \uicontrol Views >
|
||||||
\uicontrol Timeline to open the \l Timeline view.
|
\uicontrol Timeline to open the \l Timeline view.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, select \imageplus
|
||||||
to add a 1000-frame timeline and define settings for running the animation.
|
to add a 1000-frame timeline and define settings for running the animation.
|
||||||
\li In the \uicontrol {Animation ID} field, enter
|
\li In the \uicontrol {Animation ID} field, enter
|
||||||
\e toCreateAccountState.
|
\e toCreateAccountState.
|
||||||
@@ -141,7 +140,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Next, you will record the animation in \uicontrol Timeline.
|
Next, you will record the animation in \uicontrol Timeline.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Inserting Keyframes
|
\section2 Inserting keyframes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To insert keyframes and record property changes in \uicontrol Timeline:
|
To insert keyframes and record property changes in \uicontrol Timeline:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -149,13 +148,13 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e repeatPassword in \uicontrol Navigator to display its
|
\li Select \e repeatPassword in \uicontrol Navigator to display its
|
||||||
properties in \uicontrol Properties.
|
properties in \uicontrol Properties.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Visibility > \uicontrol Opacity, select
|
\li In \uicontrol Visibility > \uicontrol Opacity, select
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/action-icon.png
|
\imageactionicon
|
||||||
> \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe} to insert a keyframe for the
|
> \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe} to insert a keyframe for the
|
||||||
opacity property of the component.
|
opacity property of the component.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-keyframe-opacity.png "Inserting keyframe for opacity property"
|
\image loginui4-keyframe-opacity.png "Inserting keyframe for opacity property"
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, check that the playhead is in
|
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, check that the playhead is in
|
||||||
frame \e 0, select the small arrow next to \e repeatPassword
|
frame \e 0, select the small arrow next to \e repeatPassword
|
||||||
keyframe to expand it, and then select the \inlineimage icons/recordfill.png
|
keyframe to expand it, and then select the \imagerecordfill
|
||||||
(\uicontrol {Per Property Recording}) button for the
|
(\uicontrol {Per Property Recording}) button for the
|
||||||
\uicontrol opacity property of \e repeatPassword to start
|
\uicontrol opacity property of \e repeatPassword to start
|
||||||
recording property changes.
|
recording property changes.
|
||||||
@@ -165,7 +164,7 @@
|
|||||||
to show the button.
|
to show the button.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Alternatively, you can fine-tune the value of a keyframe by right-clicking the
|
Alternatively, you can fine-tune the value of a keyframe by right-clicking the
|
||||||
keyframe marker \inlineimage icons/keyframe_linear_active.png
|
keyframe marker \imagekeyframelinearactive
|
||||||
, and selecting \uicontrol {Edit Keyframe}.
|
, and selecting \uicontrol {Edit Keyframe}.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-timeline.webp "Recording the opacity property"
|
\image loginui4-timeline.webp "Recording the opacity property"
|
||||||
\li Select the record button again to stop recording property changes.
|
\li Select the record button again to stop recording property changes.
|
||||||
@@ -176,7 +175,7 @@
|
|||||||
property of the button and to record changes for it. However, this
|
property of the button and to record changes for it. However, this
|
||||||
time the opacity value needs to be \e 1 in frame \e 0 and \e 0 in frame \e 1000.
|
time the opacity value needs to be \e 1 in frame \e 0 and \e 0 in frame \e 1000.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-timeline-opacity.webp "Recorded timeline for the opacity properties"
|
\image loginui4-timeline-opacity.webp "Recorded timeline for the opacity properties"
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -186,7 +185,7 @@
|
|||||||
You will now animate the top anchor margin of the \e {Repeat Password} field
|
You will now animate the top anchor margin of the \e {Repeat Password} field
|
||||||
to make it appear to slide down from the \e Password field.
|
to make it appear to slide down from the \e Password field.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Animating Anchors
|
\section2 Animating anchors
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To animate the top anchor margin of the \e {Repeat Password} field:
|
To animate the top anchor margin of the \e {Repeat Password} field:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -194,15 +193,15 @@
|
|||||||
\li Select \e repeatPassword in \uicontrol Navigator to display its
|
\li Select \e repeatPassword in \uicontrol Navigator to display its
|
||||||
properties in \uicontrol Properties.
|
properties in \uicontrol Properties.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Layout > \uicontrol Margin (under
|
\li In \uicontrol Layout > \uicontrol Margin (under
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png
|
\imageanchortop
|
||||||
), select \inlineimage icons/action-icon.png
|
), select \imageactionicon
|
||||||
> \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe} to insert a keyframe for the top
|
> \uicontrol {Insert Keyframe} to insert a keyframe for the top
|
||||||
anchor margin of \e repeatPassword.
|
anchor margin of \e repeatPassword.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-keyframe-top-anchor-margin.png "Inserting keyframe for top anchor margin"
|
\image loginui4-keyframe-top-anchor-margin.png "Inserting keyframe for top anchor margin"
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, check that the playhead is in
|
\li In \uicontrol Timeline, check that the playhead is in
|
||||||
frame \e 0, and select the record button for the \e anchors.topMargin
|
frame \e 0, and select the record button for the \e anchors.topMargin
|
||||||
property of \e repeatPassword.
|
property of \e repeatPassword.
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol Layout > \uicontrol Margin (under \inlineimage icons/anchor-top.png),
|
\li In \uicontrol Layout > \uicontrol Margin (under \imageanchortop),
|
||||||
set a negative value for the top anchor margin, \e -100, to place \e repeatPassword
|
set a negative value for the top anchor margin, \e -100, to place \e repeatPassword
|
||||||
on top of \e password.
|
on top of \e password.
|
||||||
\li Move the playhead to frame \e 1000 and change the top anchor margin
|
\li Move the playhead to frame \e 1000 and change the top anchor margin
|
||||||
@@ -211,17 +210,17 @@
|
|||||||
\e password.
|
\e password.
|
||||||
\li Select the record button again to stop recording property changes.
|
\li Select the record button again to stop recording property changes.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-timeline-all.webp "Recorded timeline for repeatPassword and createAccount."
|
\image loginui4-timeline-all.webp "Recorded timeline for repeatPassword and createAccount."
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section2 Adding Easing Curves
|
\section2 Adding easing curves
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You will now add an \l{Editing Easing Curves}{easing curve} to the anchor
|
You will now add an \l{Editing easing curves}{easing curve} to the anchor
|
||||||
margin animation that will make the transition seem smoother:
|
margin animation that will make the transition seem smoother:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li Click the keyframe marker \inlineimage icons/keyframe_linear_active.png
|
\li Click the keyframe marker \imagekeyframelinearactive
|
||||||
for the \e anchors.topMargin property at frame \e 1000 on the
|
for the \e anchors.topMargin property at frame \e 1000 on the
|
||||||
timeline to select it.
|
timeline to select it.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-easing-curve-top-anchor-margin.webp "Top anchor margin keyframe marker"
|
\image loginui4-easing-curve-top-anchor-margin.webp "Top anchor margin keyframe marker"
|
||||||
@@ -234,8 +233,8 @@
|
|||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you attach easing curves to keyframes, the shape of the keyframe
|
When you attach easing curves to keyframes, the shape of the keyframe
|
||||||
marker changes from \inlineimage icons/keyframe_linear_active.png
|
marker changes from \imagekeyframelinearactive
|
||||||
to \inlineimage icons/keyframe_manualbezier_active.png
|
to \imagekeyframemanualbezieractive
|
||||||
.
|
.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Your timeline should now look something like this:
|
Your timeline should now look something like this:
|
||||||
@@ -245,14 +244,14 @@
|
|||||||
Next, you will create states for the login and account creation pages and bind
|
Next, you will create states for the login and account creation pages and bind
|
||||||
them to the animation settings.
|
them to the animation settings.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Binding Animation to States
|
\section1 Binding animation to states
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To bring back the \l{Working with States}{states} in the
|
To bring back the \l{Working with states}{states} in the
|
||||||
\uicontrol States view and bind them to the animation settings
|
\uicontrol States view and bind them to the animation settings
|
||||||
in \uicontrol Timeline:
|
in \uicontrol Timeline:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\list 1
|
\list 1
|
||||||
\li In \uicontrol States, select \inlineimage icons/plus.png
|
\li In \uicontrol States, select \imageplus
|
||||||
twice to add two states and name them \e login and \e createAccount. You
|
twice to add two states and name them \e login and \e createAccount. You
|
||||||
don't need to make any property changes this time because you'll
|
don't need to make any property changes this time because you'll
|
||||||
bind the states to property animations.
|
bind the states to property animations.
|
||||||
@@ -260,8 +259,8 @@
|
|||||||
the \e login state is applied when the application starts.
|
the \e login state is applied when the application starts.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-states.webp "Created states in the States view."
|
\image loginui4-states.webp "Created states in the States view."
|
||||||
\li With the base state selected, select \uicontrol Timeline >
|
\li With the base state selected, select \uicontrol Timeline >
|
||||||
\inlineimage icons/settings.png (\uicontrol {Timeline Settings (S)}) on the toolbar
|
\imagesettings (\uicontrol {Timeline Settings (S)}) on the toolbar
|
||||||
(or press \key S) to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog.
|
(or select \key S) to open the \uicontrol {Timeline Settings} dialog.
|
||||||
\li Double-click the cell in the \uicontrol Timeline column on the
|
\li Double-click the cell in the \uicontrol Timeline column on the
|
||||||
\e login row, and select \e timeline in the list.
|
\e login row, and select \e timeline in the list.
|
||||||
\li Double-click the cell in the \uicontrol Timeline column on the
|
\li Double-click the cell in the \uicontrol Timeline column on the
|
||||||
@@ -270,7 +269,7 @@
|
|||||||
\e createAccount row, and select \e toCreateAccountState.
|
\e createAccount row, and select \e toCreateAccountState.
|
||||||
\image loginui4-timeline-settings-states.png
|
\image loginui4-timeline-settings-states.png
|
||||||
\li Click \uicontrol Close to save the timeline settings.
|
\li Click \uicontrol Close to save the timeline settings.
|
||||||
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or press \key {Ctrl+S}
|
\li Select \uicontrol File > \uicontrol Save or select \key {Ctrl+S}
|
||||||
to save your changes.
|
to save your changes.
|
||||||
\endlist
|
\endlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -279,7 +278,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
\image loginui4.gif "Moving between login page and account creation page"
|
\image loginui4.gif "Moving between login page and account creation page"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\section1 Next Steps
|
\section1 Next steps
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To continue learning about \QDS, see \l{Examples} and other \l{Tutorials}.
|
To continue learning about \QDS, see \l{Examples} and other \l{Tutorials}.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||||||
// Copyright (C) 2023 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
// Copyright (C) 2024 The Qt Company Ltd.
|
||||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LicenseRef-Qt-Commercial OR GFDL-1.3-no-invariants-only
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*!
|
/*!
|
||||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user